HomeMy WebLinkAboutCOOPER BARNETTE PAGE INC
vi.
! J,
I JA fb
.'-:;: v
\./
~
d,O 1$1
Contract Documents
for
, I
Deans Bridge Road Phase III MSW Landfill
Stage 2, Celli Construction; Stage 1, Celli GCCS
Augusta-RichmondCou nty
Commission Council
Betty Beard Joe Jackson
Corey Johnson Jerry Brigham
Joe Bowles Jimmy Smith
Alvin Mason J.R. Hatney
Calvin Holland, Sr. Don A. Grantham
Mayor
Deke S. Copenhaver
RFP Item # 08-182
, ...:
Deans Bridge Road Phase III MSW Landfill
Stage 2, Cell 1 Construction; Stage 1, Cell 1 GCCS
August 2008
Revised December 2008
(To Incorporate Addenda Items)
ACORQ"
CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE
COOPBAR-02
VIKA
PRODUCER
Yates Insurance Agency
4 Executive Park East, NE
Suite 200
Atlanta, GA 30329
DATE (MM/DDIYYYY)
12/23/2008
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION
ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE
HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR
ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.
THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING
ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR
MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH
POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
IN~: ~~~E NCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EF~E8;Wf POLICY EXPIRATION
~NERAL LIABILITY
X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CPP2054704000000
= =:]"CLAIMS MADE 0 OCCUR
(404) 633-4321
INSURED
INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE
INSURER A: Amerisure Insurance Company
INSURER B: Amerisure Mutual Insurance Company
INSURER C: American Guarantee & Liability Ins CO
INSURER D: Association Casualty Insurance Com pan
INSURER E: Ace Fire Underwriters Insurance Com pan
Cooper, Barnette & Page, Inc.
1928 Executive Park Drive, Suite A
Statham,GA 30666-
COVERAGES
A
LIMITS
6/15/2008
EACH OCCURRENCE
PREMISES rEa occurence)
6/15/2009
$
$
$
$
$
PRODUCTS. COM PlOP AGG $
B
-
-
GEN'L AGGR~E LIMIT AP~S PER:
~ POLICY I X I ~fP.T J I LOC
~TOMOBILE LIABILITY
~ ANY AUTO
t-- ALL OWNED AUTOS
SCHEDULED AUTOS
-
HIRED AUTOS
r---
_ NON-OWNED AUTOS
-
MED EXP (Anyone person)
PERSONAL & ADV INJURY
GENERAL AGGREGATE
CA20547070002
6/15/2009
COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
(Ea accident)
6/15/2008
BODILY INJURY
(Per person)
BODILY INJURY
(Per accident)
~RAGE LIABILITY
I ANY AUTO
PROPERTY DAMAGE
(Per accident)
AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
EA ACC
OTHER THAN
AUTO ONLY:
C
~ESSlUMBRELLA LIABILITY
I----J OCCUR 0 CLAIMS MADE IAUC5917717-02
h DEDUCTIBLE
[XI RETENTION $ -0-
WORKERS COMPENSATION AND
EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE
OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED?
~~~MtS~'l5J!~1~NS below
OTHER
6/15/2009
X IWC STATU- I 10TH-
TORY LIMITS I ER
E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $
E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYE $
E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $
AGG
EACH OCCURRENCE
6/15/2008
6/15/2009
AGGREGATE
D
WCA0400341-D5
6/15/2008
E Installation/Builders Risk
121117948001
1/5/2010
1/5/2009
Oed. $1,000
NAIC#
1,000,00C
300,00C
10,061
1,000,00C
2,000,00C
2,000,000
$
1,000,00C
10,000,000
10,000,00
1,000,00
1,000,00C
1,000,000
$12,355.32
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES I EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT I SPECIAL PROVISIONS
JOB: Deans Bridge Road Phase 11/ MSW Landfill Stage 2, Cell 1 Construction, Stage 1, Cell 1 GCCS Augusta, GA
Augusta - Richmond County (owner) and Atlantic Coast Consulting, Inc (Engineer) are additional insureds in regards to the general liability policy
as required by written contract. Insurance shall provide coverages against the following special hazards: Damage by blasting; Damage to existing
structure; Damage to private driveways, walks, shrubbery, plantings, etc.; Damage to public utilities, electric, water, telephone, gas. sewerage,
~tc,; Damage to US government markers.
CERTIFICATE HOLDER
CANCELLATION
Augusta - Richmond County
530 Greene Street
Room 806
Augusta, GA 30911-
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION
DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 3~ DAYS WRITTEN
NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LlEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL
IMPOSE NO OBUGATlON OR LIABIUTY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER,ITS AGENTS OR
REPRESENTATIVES.
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
ACORD 25 (2001/08)
~ .~;.~ V.;;:"=:=b...:-=~-
@ ACORD CORPORATION 1988
Contract Documents
for
.>~
Deans Bridge Road Phase III MSW Landfill
Stage 2, Cell i Construction; Stage 1, Cell i GCCS
Augusta-Rich mondCou nty
Commission Council
Setty Beard Joe Jackson .
Corey Johnson Jerry Brigham
Joe Bowles Jimmy Smith
Alvin Mason J.R. Hatney
Calvin Holland, Sr. Don A. Grantham
Mayor
Deke S. Copenhaver
RFP Item # 08-182
Deans Bridge Road Phase III MSW Landfill
Stage 2, Cell 1 Construction; Stage 1, Cell 1 GCCS
August 2008
Revised December 2008
(To Incorporate Addenda Items)
Western Surety Company
POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL A ITORNEY-IN-F ACT
Know All Men By These Presents, That WESTERN SURETY COMPANY, a South Dakota corporation, is a duly organized and existing corporation
having its principal office in the City of Sioux Falls, and State of South Dakota, and that it does by virtue of the signature and seal herein affixed hereby
make, constitute and appoint
P D Yates, Jr, P D Yates, III, Alan R Yates, Michael L Angel, Karen A Maynard, Michael
S Brickner, Kevin M. Neidert, Tamara Hendrix, Robert N Reynolds, Marie M Hartley, Betsy
J Holmes, Le Roy N Myhre, Emmett H HaD, Brian K Hughes, Gary Spuller, Daniel Yates,
Individually
of Atlanta, GA, its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute for and on its behalfbonds,
undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature
- In Unlimited Amounts -
and to bind it thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of the corporation and all the acts of said
Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given, are hereby ratified and confinned.
This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By-Law printed on the reverse hereof; duly adopted, as indicated, by
the shareholders of the corporation.
In Witness Whereof, WESTERN SURETY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its Senior Vice President and its corporate seal to
be hereto affIXed on this 22nd day of October, 2008.
WESTERN SURETY COMPANY
-/?Lifg'
Paul . Bruflat, Senior Vice President
State of South Dakota
County of Minnehaha
} ss
On this llnd day of October, 2008, before me personally came Paul T. Bruflat, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that
he resides in the City of Sioux Falls, State of South Dakota; that he is the Senior Vice President of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY described in and
which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affIXed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was
so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and
acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said corporation.
November 30, 2012
+~~~~~~~~~~~,~~~~~~+
~ D.KRELL S
, ,
:tQ\N. OTARY PUBLIC~S
~~SOUTH DAKOTA S
+~~~~~--~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~.
~
~~~.
My commission expires
CERTIFICATE
1, L. Nelson, Assistant Secretary of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney hereinabove set forth is still in
force, and further certify that the By-Law of the corporation printed on the reverse hereof is still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed
my name and affixed the seal of the said coIporation this day of
WESTERN SURETY COMPANY
Cf ~~~_
Fonn F4280-@.06
DEANS BRIDGE ROAD PHASE ,III
MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE LANDFILL
STAGE 2, CELL 1 CONSTRUCTION
STAGE 1, CELL 1 GCCS
AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY
"1.[/b
\1,.-\
I
I......,
NOTICE
"All addenda items for Specifications and Drawings issued prior to the
date of Bid opening have been incorporated into these Contract
Documents. "
A "(1)" directly left of Specification Section number on the title page of a
section indicates that section has been replaced or added by addendum.
A ,,1.. in the text of a Specification Section indicates that an addendum item
has been incorporated.
Atlantic Coast Consulting, Inc.
630 Colonial Park Drive, Suite 110
Roswell, Georgia 30075
(770) 594-5998
I
Request for Proposal
Page 1 of 10
Request for Proposals
Deans Bridge Road Phase III MSW Landfill,
Stage 2, Cell 1 Construction; Stage 1, Celli GCCS
Table of Contents
Pae:e
Section 1- Introduction/Overview
1.01 Pu rpose/ObjectivejScope of Work.............. ............ ............ .... ............... 2
1.02 Request for Proposal and Appendices................................................... 2
Section 2 - Proposal Instructions and Requirements
2.01 Su bm ission of Proposa Is......... ..................... .............. ............... .............. 2
2.02 Compliance with the RFP........................................................................ 3
2.03 Inquiries, Addenda, and Interpretations................................................ 3
2.04 Required Performance Outcomes/Functional Specifications.............. 3
2.05 Ambiguity, Conflict or Other Errors in the RFP....................................... 4
2.06 Proposals and Presentation Costs......................................................... 4
2.07 Rejection of Proposa Is.. ...... .......... ............. ..... ....... ........ ....... ............. ...... 4
2.08 Acceptance of Proposa Is...... ......... ...... .... ................ ....... .......... ...... ......... 4
2.09 Examination of RFP and Site...................................................................4
2.10 Va I id ity of Proposa Is... ... .......................... ................ ....... ............ ........ ...... 5
2.11 Acknowledgment of Insurance Requirements....................................... 5
2.12 Proposer Responsi bi I ities..... ............ .......... ............. ........ ......... ...... ........ 5
2.13 Pre-proposal Conference 5
2.14 Owner's Right to Research Proposer's Experience............................... 5
2.15 Terms and Conditions of Construction Contract................................... 6
I
I
!
I
,
I
Section 3 - Proposal Evaluation and Contractor Selection
3.01 Method of Contractor Selection............................................................. 6
3.02 Projected Timeta ble...... ............ .............. ... ............ ........ .......... ................ 7
3.03 Proposal Evaluation Panel and Evaluation Factors............................... 7
Section 4 - Proposal Format and Contents
4.01 Gen era I..................................................................................................... 7
4.02 Tab I - Proposal Affidavit........................................................................ 8
4.03 Tab II - Cost to the Owner....................................................................... 9
4.04 Tab III - Proposer's Team Experience and Organization...................... 9
4.05 Tab VI - Similar Work Performed........................................................... 9
4.06 Tab V - Sched u Ie... ........... ........ .................... ............ .................... ........... 10
4.07 Tab VI - Acceptance of Conditions......................................................... 10
4.08 Tab VII - Append ices....... .............. .... ................. ............ ................ .... ..... 10
Appendices
Appendix A - Proposal Affidavit
Appendix B - Proposal Bond
Appendix C - Proposal Cost Form
Appendix D - Project Reference Form
Appendix E - Contract Documents, Specifications and Drawings
G003-107
1 0/02/08
r.
,
J.
Request for Proposal
Page 2 of 10
1
I
,
i
i
Section 1 Introduction/Overview
J.
1.01 Purpose j Objectivej Scope of Work
It
]
;1
II
I-
Augusta-Richmond County Board of Commissioners (Owner) is soliciting
proposals to provide the Work associated with the construction of the Deans
Bridge Road Phase III MSW Landfill, Stage 2, Celli and Stage 1, Cell 1 Gas
Collection & Control System (GCCS), as designed by Atlantic Coast Consulting,
Inc. (Engineer).
]i
\1'
I
I
I
:1
!
The project includes but is not limited to the following: furnishing all labor,
materials, tools, equipment and incidentals and performing all work required for
the construction of approximately 1,727,500 cubic yards of cut material and
86,500 cubic yards of structural fill; placement of a 24-inch thick liner base,
placement of a 24-inch thick leachate collection layer, and a 60 mil textured
HOPE geomembrane liner over approximately 27 acres; installation and
maintenance of erosion control devices; installation of leachate collection
piping; installation of leachate pump and forcemain; installation of storm drain
structures; construction of 440 feet of concrete lined ditch; roadway paving;
construction of perimeter ditches; installation of 17 vertical gas extraction wells,
associated HOPE header and laterals, and three condensate sumps;
replacement of three existing corrugated- metal stand pipes with reinforced
concrete risers located in existing sediment basins A, B, and C.
1.02 Request For Proposal and Appendices
Each prospective Proposer will be furnished:
~.
j
r
/',
1"
I
'I
I
I
!
I
. Request For Proposal (RFP)
. Appendix A - Proposal Affidavit
. Appendix B - Proposal Bond
. Appendix C - Proposal Cost Form
. Appendix 0 - Project Reference Form
. Appendix E - Contract Documents, Specifications and Drawings
Section 2 Proposal Instructions and Requirements
2.01 Submission of Proposals
All proposals will be received until 3:00 P.M., local time on October 8, 2008
by the Owner at the Augusta-Richmond County Purchasing Department,
Attention: Geri A. Sams, 530 Greene Street, Room 605, Augusta, Georgia
30911.
The Owner will not accept any proposals received after 3:00 P.M. local time
and shall return such late proposals to the Proposer unopened. Proposers
shall submit one original and four copies of the proposal.
G003-107
10/02/08
1.
Request for Proposal
Page 3 of 10
L
Proposals shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope or box. If the Proposal is
sent through the mail or other delivery system, the sealed envelope or box
shall be enclosed with the notation "PROPOSAL ENCLOSED" on the face of it.
The outside of the box containing the PROPOSAL must be plainly marked with
the following information:
t
L
;
. Proposal for the Deans Bridge Road Phase III Landfill, Stage 2, Cell 1
Construction; Stage 1, Cell 1 GCCS
. 'Proposer's correct name and address
. Proposer's lUtility Contractor's license Number
,
-1-.
Proposals will be opened publicly in a manner to avoid public disclosure of
contents. Only the names .of Proposers will be read aloud.
J
,-
['
2.02 Compliance with the RFP
Proposals must be in strict compliance with this RFP. Failure to comply with
all provisions of the RFP may result in rejection of Proposal.
2.03 Inquiries, Addenda, and Interpretations
,-
I
L
I
i
,
A. No interpretation of the meaning of the Request for Proposal, Drawings,
Specifications or other pre-proposal documents will be made to any Proposer
orally.
r
I
I
I
I
I
I
~
B. Every request for such interpretation should be in writing addressed to Attn:
Geri Sams, Procurement Director, Augusta Procurement Department, 530
Greene Street, Room 605, Augusta, Georgia 30911, fax: 706-821-2811, and
to be given consideration must be received prior 3:00 p.m. on September 23,
2008. Any and all such interpretations and any supplemental instructions will
be in the form of written addenda to the Specifications which, if issued, will
be mailed by certified mail with return receipt requested, faxed or shipped via
delivery service, to all prospective Bidders (at the respective addresses
furnished for such purposes), not later than three (3) business days prior to
the date fixed for the opening of Bids. Failure of any Bidder to receive any
such addendum or interpretation shall not relieve such Bidder from any
obligation under his Bid as submitted. All addenda so issued shall become a
part of the Contract Documents.
,-
11
I
C. Failure of Proposers to receive or acknowledge any Addendum shall not relieve
them of any obligation under the Proposal. All Addenda shall become part of
the Contract Documents.
2.04 Required Performance Outcomes/Functional Specifications
The Proposer, as a minimum, must achieve and maintain the performance
outcomes shown in the referenced Drawings and Specifications, consistent
with performance standards agreed to by the Owner through a contract
resulting from this RFP.
G003-107 10/02/08
]
Request for Proposal
Page 4 of 10
2.05
Ambiguity, Conflict or Other Errors in the RFP
~
t
~.
I
'I
r ...
ft
I
I ',~'
i
J.
If a Proposer discovers any ambiguity, conflict, discrepancy, omiSSion, or
other error in the RFP or any document attached to, incorporated into or
referenced by the RFP, they shall immediately notify the Engineer of such
error in writing and request modification or clarification of the document as
outlined in Paragraph 2.03 above. The Owner will make modifications by
issuing a written addendum and will. give written notice to all parties who
have received this RFP from the Owner.
2.06 Proposals and Presentation Costs
The Owner will not be liable in any way for any costs incurred by any Proposer
in' the preparation of its proposal in response to this RFP, nor for the
presentation of its proposal and/or participation in any discussions or
negotiations.
2.07 Rejection of Proposals
The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all proposals
submitted. Reasons for which Proposers may be disqualified and their
Proposals not considered include, but are not limited to:
~
:1
r
I I
r
. The Owner determines that the Proposer's proposal is not responsive
to the RFP.
. The Owner determines that the Proposer is not responsible. This may
be due to the failure of the Proposer to promptly supply information in
connection with an evaluation of responsibility.
. The Proposer fails to complete the Proposal in its entirety.
. An individual, firm, partnership or corporation under the same or
different names files more than one Proposal.
. Reasonable grounds exist for believing that any Proposer has a
proprietary or pecuniary interest in more than one Proposal, or that
collusion exists among the Proposers.
. Failure of the Proposer to satisfy any requirements of theRFP.
I
,
r
2.08 Acceptance of Proposals
I
The Owner may accept proposals that are submitted properly and are not
rejected for any reason. However, the Owner reserves the right to request
clarifications or corrections to proposals.
I
2.09 Examination of RFP and Site
I
It is the responsibility of each Proposer before submitting a Proposal:
I
. To examine thoroughly the RFP and other related data identified in
the Proposal Documents.
I
G003-107
10/02/08
l
Request for Proposal
Page 5 of 10
I
I
I
I
L
I
'~ '
I
i
il
1
~..
l
I
I
I
. To visit the site and to become familiar with and satisfy Proposer as
to the general, local and site conditions that may affect cost,
progress, performance or furnishing of labor for the Work.
2.10 Validity of Proposals
All proposals shall be valid for a period of 60 days from date due.
2.11 Acknowledgment of Insurance Requirements
By submitting its proposal to the Owner the Proposer acknowledges that it
. has read and understands the insurance requirements for the Proposal. The
insurance requirements are detailed in Sections 00700 and 00800 as
included in Appendix E.
2.12 Proposer Responsibilities
[
)
J
\
I
I
The Proposer will be required to follow contract requirements in accordance
with all conditions of the Construction Contract, provide a responsible on-site
superintendent, assign qualified persons to the work, provide the equipment
required to do the assigned task or accomplish the work, maintain records of
expenditures, deliverables and progress, submit required reports on
schedule, and maintain a clear line of communication for prompt resolution
of problems.
2.13 Pre-Proposal Conference
A mandatory Pre-Proposal Conference will be held for all Proposers at 10:00
a.m., local time, September 19, 2008, at the Augusta~Richmond County
Procurement Department, 530 Greene Street, Room 605, Augusta, Georgia
30901. All proposers must attend all of the Pre-Proposal Conference. Any
proposer that does not attend the pre-proposal conference will be
disqualified from proposing and their submittal will not be accepted.
\
,
I
!
2.14 Owner's Right to Research Proposer's Experience
The Owner prior to or after receipt of the Proposer's proposal, shall have the
right to research work performed by the Proposer. This research effort will be
conducted by Owner personnel, and their representatives as deemed
appropriate by the Owner, which may include site visits and interviews with
anyone involved with such projects.
The Owner reserves the right to contact any and all references (including
those project references not furnished by the Proposer in their proposal) to
obtain, without limitation for the purpose of evaluating the Proposers
qualifications, the following minimum information regardless of Proposer's
performance on the listed jobs:
1. Was Proposer cooperative during the submittal process (e.g., schedule,
shop drawings, etc.)?
G003-107 10/02/08
J
Request for Proposal
Page 6 of 10
ii,
2. Was the Owner satisfied with daily operations on the project?
,
1
[I
!
t
"
I
I
[I
I
. r
'I
)
r
I -
,
)
l
J
r
3. Did Proposer effectively address problems that arose during the
project?
4. Did Proposer minimize the effect of its activities on nearby operations
and activities?
5. Did the Owner consider the number and validity of Proposer - generated
change orders and Requests for Information, if any, appropriate?
6. Did Proposer manage its subcontractors well?
7. Would the Owner rate the Proposer's safety record on the project as
being adequate?
8.. Did Proposertimely address warranty and punch -list items?
9. Were Proposer's project foreman and other key personnel competent
and professional?
10. Was the Owner satisfied with the finished product?
11. Would the Owner look forward to hiring Proposer for another
construction project?
12. Did the subcontractors selected by the Proposer perform well on the
project?
1
I i
;
'I
!
2.15 Terms and Conditions of Construction Contract
A contract resulting from this RFP shall be subject to the conditions set forth
in the Construction Contract, including Sections 00700 and 00800 of
Appendix E.
)'
I
i
Section 3 Proposal Evaluation and Contractor Selection
3.01 Method of Contractor Selection
'I
J
,
:
i
I
The Owner is using the Competitive Sealed Proposals method of Contractor
selection, as authorized by State Law. Proposals will be evaluated using the
criteria stated in the RFP. Once the evaluation is complete, all responsive
Proposers will be ranked from most advantageous to least advantageous to
the Owner, considering the evaluation factors stated in the RFP. Short-listing,
interviews and site visits may be a part of this evaluation and ranking
process. The Owner will then execute a contract with the highest ranked
Proposer. If a satisfactory contract cannot be agreed upon, negotiations may
be conducted, in the sole discretion of the Owner, with the second, and then
the third, and so on, ranked Proposers. If the Owner is unsuccessful in its
first round of negotiations, it may reopen negotiations with any Proposer with
I
G003-107
10/02/08
"
J
rl
I
i
I
.J.
;1
IJ
)
1
1
I
l '
)t
:1
)
I
I
I
j
'I
I
i
I
'1
j .
]
I
1
I
I
]
I
I
,I
1
'I
I
i
i
1
'I
G003-107
Request for Proposal
Page 7 of 10
whom it previously negotiated. The scope of the work may be changed during
this negotiation process at the discretion of the Owner in an effort to reduce
the cost and/or to benefit the project in any manner.
An award, if made, will be made to the responsible and responsive Proposer
whose proposal is most advantageous to the Owner, taking into consideration
the evaluation factors set forth in this RFP. The proposals are to be based
upon this RFP and the referenced documents that are attached and hereby
made a part of this solicitation. The attached documents include
specifications and drawings; when these documents are reviewed with other
referenced documents and information, the Proposer acknowledges he has
been provided sufficient detail to understand and respond to the design
intent and Scope of Work to be provided by the Proposer to satisfactorily
complete the project in its entirety.
3.02
Projected Timetable
The following projected timetable should be used as a working guide for
planning purposes. The Owner reserves the right to adjust this timetable as
required during the course of the RFP process.
Event
Date
8/28/2008
9/19/2008
9/23/2008
10/08/2008
10/23/2008
12/1/2008
3/31/2009
11/16/2009
Issuance of RFP Documents
Pre-Proposal Conference
Inquiry Period Ends
Proposal Due (3:00 P.M., Local Time)
Completion of Evaluation & Ranking of Proposals
Notice to Proceed Target Date
Completion of Stage 2, Cell1A
Project Completion Date
3.03
Proposal Evaluation Panel and Evaluation Factors
A panel appointed by the Owner will evaluate proposals and negotiate a
contract. Other agencies and consultants of the Owner may, at the sole
discretion of the Owner, evaluate the proposals and/or Proposers. The
factors to be considered by the panel in the evaluation of proposals and the
negotiation of a contract as well as the respective weighting are listed below.
The Owner will consider responses to the following items in its evaluation of
proposals and Proposers.
Evaluation Factors
Cost to the Owner
Proposer's Team Experience and Capacity
Client References for Similar Work Performed
Schedule
Acceptance of Conditions
Weight (%)
10
35
25
15
15
10102/08
I
Request for Proposal
Page 8 of 10
1Section 4
Proposal Format and Contents
l
4.01 General
t
The information listed below shall be submitted with each proposal and
should be submitted in the order shown. Each section. should be clearly
labeled, with pages numbered and separated by tabs. Failure by a Proposer
to include all listed items may result in the rejection of the proposal.
I
An outline of the required submittal is provided for clarification as follows:
t
I
Proposal Envelope
Tab I
. Proposal Affidavit
. Proposal Bond
. Conflict of Interest
. Contractor Affidavit and Agreement
. Subcontractor Affidavit
. LSB Statement of Non-discrimination
. LSB Good Faith Efforts
. LSB Subcontractor/ Supplier Utilization Plan
. Contractor License
. Partnership Certificate
. Corporate Certificate
. Non-Collusion Affidavit of Prime Bidder
. Non-Collusion Affidavit of Subcontractor
. Pre-Award Oath
l
t
L
I
I
Tab II
. Qualifications including ability, capacity, skills and number of
years experience
. Experience with proposed key subconsultants (if any)
. Licensing Information
. Current Project Matrix - projects currently under construction
including value and expected completion dates for each
. Upcoming Project Matrix - projects upcoming including value and
expected completion dates for each
. Resumes
I
I
I
Tab III
. Project Reference Forms
r
Tab IV
. Detailed Schedule
I
Tab V
. Exceptions
. Certification Statement Letter
I
I
G003-107 10/02/08
Request for Proposal
Page 9 of 10
J
]
r
Tab VI
. Additional Information
1
Cost Envelope
. Proposal Cost Form
4.02
Tab 1- Proposal Affidavit
~.
I..
The Proposer shall complete the affidavit (See Appendix A - Proposal
Affidavit) and enclose under Tab I. Additionally, a Proposal Bond (See
Appendix B - Proposal Bond) shall be included under Tab I, duly executed by
the Proposer as principal and having as surety thereon a surety company
licensed to do business in the State of Georgia and listed in the current U.S.
Treasury Circular 570, in the amount of ten percent of the Proposal amount.
Additionally, the Proposer shall complete the followings forms and enclose
under Tab I: Conflict of Interest, Contractor Affidavit and Agreement,
Subcontractor Affidavit, LSB Statement of Non-discrimination LSB Good Faith
Efforts and LSB Subcontractor/ Supplier Utilization Plan. The Proposer
should include a copy of their current 1Utility Contractor's license as issued by
the State Licensing Board. You should also include the following forms under
Tab 1: Partnership Certificate, Corporate Certificate, Non-Collusion Affidavit
of Prime Bidder, Non-Collusion Affidavit of Subcontractor, Pre-Award Oath.
,t
1
i
:r.
r
I
4.03 Tab 11- Proposer's Team Experience and Organization
Provide information that documents the firm's and selected subcontractors'
qualifications to produce the required outcomes, including its ability,
capacity, skill, and number of years of experience in providing the required
services.
r
I
r
Describe the various team members' successful experience working with one
another on previous projects. Include evidence of licensing and similar
information and documentation. A matrix listing of all projects presently
under construction and those projects that are booked and or pending Notice
to Proceed shall be prepared identifying project construction value, and
remaining project duration.
r
Include resumes of all key individuals who will be committed to the project
providing the required work.
I
4.04 Tab III - Similar Work Performed
I
It is the goal of the Owner that all Proposers have had experience completing
at least three municipal solid waste landfills in Georgia since January 1,
2004. Each should consist of at least 200,000 square feet of composite
liner system consisting of a low permeability subbase underlying a high
density polyethylene geomembrane liner. Information for each project shall
be provided on the Project Reference Form (Appendix D) provided with this
proposal or a reasonable facsimile. The Proposer shall make additional
copies of the form as required. Only one project shall be listed on each form.
r
I
I
G003-107
1 0/02/08
1
Request for Proposal
Page 10 of 10
,
l
All information requested in the form shall be provided in the order
requested.
4.05 Tab IV - Schedule
Provide a detailed schedule for completion of the project in sufficient detail to
reflect work in the various project areas. The schedule should reflect:
ft
I
Completion of all work required for completion of Stage 2, CelliA no later
than 120 consecutive days after the Notice to Proceed has been issued
as detailed in Section 01011.
l
I
Completion of all project work no later than 350 consecutive days after
the Notice to Proceed has been issued.
4.06 Tab V - Acceptance of Conditions
L
I
L
Indicate any requested exceptions to the requirements listed in the RFP,
General Conditions. and form of Agreement in the attached Specifications
(reference Appendix E) and any other requirements or documents of the RFP
and the Project. The Proposer should .provide a written certification
statement on their company letterhead that the total proposed cost
represents the total costs required to provide a complete and functional
Project.
.-.'1
J
i
4.07 Tab VI - Appendices
I
The content of this tab is left to the Proposer's discretion. However, the
Proposer should limit materials included here to those that will be helpful to
the Owner in understanding the Proposal. Any value added project
enhancements that the Proposer would like to suggest should be described
in detail under this tab.
1
I'
4.08 Cost to the Owner
I
Complete the PROPOSAL COST FORM (Appendix C) in its entirety. Pricing
submitted indicates that the Proposer has a full understanding of the scope
of work based upon a review of all information furnished with this RFP,
including the Drawings and Specifications. The price entered reflects the
scope of work depicted by the Drawings and Specifications and supplemental
information furnished with the RFP. The items of work will be reviewed
during the negotiation session solely to confirm that the Proposer's
understanding is in agreement with the design intent.
'1
r
I
~. .
r
~.
I
G003-107
1 0/02/08
t
l
APPENDIX A
1
Proposal Affidavit
TO:
AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS
r
1
1 .
\
II
I"
I
1.
FROM: COOPER. BARNETTE & PAGE. INC.
FOR: DEANS BRIDGE ROAD PHASE III MSW LANDFILL, STAGE 2, CELL 1 CONSTRUCTION;
STAGE 1, CELL 1 GCCS
Submitted: October 8,2008
The undersigned Proposer, in compliance with your Request for Proposal for the construction
of this Project, having examined the Request for Proposal Documents and the site of the
proposed work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of
the proposed Project, including the availability of materials and labor, hereby proposes to
construct the Project in accordance with the said Documents.
)1
f
I
I
1
I
ir
i
'I
i....
The Proposer proposes and agrees, if this Proposal is accepted, to contract with Augusta-
Richmond County Board of Commissioners in the form of Contract Agreement specified, to
furnish all necessary products, machinery, tools, apparatus, means of transportation and
labor necessary to complete the construction of the Work in full and complete accordance
with the reasonably intended requirements of the Contract Documents to the full and entire
satisfaction of the above referenced project with a definite understanding that no money will
be allowed for extra work except as set forth in the Contract Documents.
The Proposer agrees hereby to commence Work under this Contract, with adequate personnel
and equipment, on a date to be specified in a written order of the Engineer, and to fully
complete all Work under this Contract within 350 consecutive calendar days from and including
said date. Proposer further agrees to pay as liquidated damages the amount as stipulated in
Section 01011 for each consecutive calendar day thereafter required to complete all work as
provided in the Contract Documents or for failing to comply with associated milestones.
~
l
.1
The Proposer declares an understanding that the quantities shown for unit price items are
subject to either increase or decrease, and that should the quantities of any of the items of
Work be increased, the Proposer proposes to do the additional Work at the unit prices stated
herein; and should the quantities be decreased, the Proposer also understands that payment
will be made on the basis of actual quantities at the unit price proposed and will make no claim
for additional costs or anticipated profits for any decrease in quantities; and that actual
quantities will be determined upon completion of Work, at which time adjustment will be made
to the Contract amount by direct increase or decrease.
,
I
i
I
In case of discrepancies between the figures shown in the unit prices and the totals, the unit
prices shall apply and the totals shall be corrected to agree with the unit prices. In case of
discrepancies between written amounts and figures, written amounts shall take precedence
over figures and the sum of all Proposal extensions (of unit prices) plus lump sum items shall
take precedence over PROPOSAL TOTAL.
I
G003-1 07
Appendix A-1
12/16/08
.~.
i
I
I
I
,1
I APPENDIX C
l
Proposal Cost Form
I
\
l ITEM 1- MOBILIZATION
( a. Lump Sum Mobilization $ 598.890.00
I
1. ITEM 2 - EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
I a. 5,700 LF Silt Fence -' Type C $ 3.901LF $ 22.230.00
J b. 14,500 LF Silt Fence - Type A $ 1.35/LF $ 19.575.00
l c. 20 EA Check Dams $ 750.00/EA $ 15.000.00
r
d. 450 CY Rip Rap $ 74.38/CY $ 33.471.00
e. 95 AC Permanent Grassing $ 2.200.00/AC $ 209.000.00
1t. f. 3 EA Headwall Retrofit $. 2.500.00/EA $ 7.500.00
[ g. 5,000 SY Erosion Control Matting $ 1.63/SY $ 8.150.00
I
.r h. Lump Sum NPDES Monitoring and Reporting $ 19.800.00
j ITEM 3 - EARTHWORK
i
(
l a. Lump Sum Clearing and Grubbing $ 50.400.00
I b. Lump Sum Stripping and Stockpiling Topsoil $ 35.750.00
I
i
t c. Lump Sum Topsoil Placement $ 101.200.00
1 Excavation - On-Site Materials to
~. ld. 1,147,560 CY Stockpile C $ 2.73/CY $3.132.838.80
le. 579,940 CY Excavation - On-Site Materials $ 1.88/CY $1.090.287.20
I f. 236,500 CY Structural Fill - On-Site Materials $ 0.85/CY $ 201,025.00
J
g. 1,171,700 SF 18-lnch Select Backfill $ 1.10/SF $1.292.267.93
i
! h. 1,171,700 SF 6-lnch Subbase $ 0.37 ISF $ 438.098.63
1
ITEM 4- LEACHATE CONTAINMENT SYSTEM
I
I 1,171,700 SF 60 Mil Textured HDPE Liner $ 0.61/SF $ 719.423.80
II a.
b. Lump Sum Stormwater Diversion Berm - Cell1A $ 43.120.00
c. Lump Sum Storm water Diversion Berm - Cell1B $ 43.435.00
'- d. Lump Sum Stage Separation Berm $ 18.000.00
e. Lump Sum Tie to Existing Liner - Cell1A $ 14.745.00
J f. Lump Sum Tie to Existing Liner - Cell1B $ 48,630.00
I
I G003-107 Appendix C-1 12/16/08
I
1
1 ITEM 5 - LEACHATE COLLECTION LAYER
I a. 1,171,700 SF 24-lnch 1 x 10-2 cm/sec
\ Leachate Collection Layer
I
1 or Double-Sided Geocomposite
} Drainage Layer with
I]., . 24-lnch Protective Soil Layer $ 0.5333/SF $ 624.867.61
ITEM 6 - LEACHATE PIPING SYSTEM
1 , 3,750 $ $ 326.621.63
! a. LF Leachate Collection Line 87.0991/LF
I b. 850 LF . Rock Toe Drain $ 189.09/LF $ 160.726.50
I c. 5 EA Leachate Cleanout $ 2.100.00/EA $10.500.00
~.. d. 4 EA Tie to Existing Leachate Collection Line $ 650.00/EA $ 2.600.00
2"x4" Dual Containment HDPE
'I e. 130 LF Forcemain $ 64.77 /LF $ 8.420.10
[ f. 4,730 LF Cleanup and Testing $ 1.50/LF $ 7.095.00
1" g. Lump Sum Leachate Collection Sump and Riser $ 124.867.00
ITEM 7 - ROADWAYS
I a. 95 SY Asphalt Concrete Road $ 42.09/SY $ 3.998.55
f Remove and Replace Asphalt
I
'I b. 35 LF Pavement $ 140.72/LF $ 4.925.20
ITEM 8 - STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM
a. 440 LF Concrete Lined Ditch $ 157.15/LF $ 69.146.00
II b. 90 LF 30-lnch RCP Storm Drain $ 60.77 /LF $ 5.469.30
! 675 LF 48-lnch RCP Storm Drain $ 112.94/LF $ 76.234.50
c.
l d. 200 LF 54-Inch RCP Storm Drain $ 137.99/LF $ 27 .598.00
e. 580 LF 18-lnch HDPE Storm Drain $ 25.87 /LF $ 15.004.60
l f. 950 LF 24-lnch HDPE Downdrain $ 41.08/LF $ 39.026.00
g. 1 EA 30-lnch Concrete Headwall $ 1.659.70/EA $ 1.659.70
I h. 2 EA 48-lnch Concrete Headwall $ 2.009.50/EA $ 4.019.00
i. 1 EA 54-Inch Concrete Headwall $ 4.318.00/EA $ 4.318.00
1 j. 4 EA 18-lnch HDPE Flared End Section $ 337.59/EA $ 1.350.36
k. 18 EA 24-lnch HDPE Flared End Section $ 376.43/EA $ 6.775.74 .
I I. 1 EA 72-lnch Dia. Concrete Manhole $ 11.980.69/EA $ 11.980.69
m. 1 EA 48-lnch Dia. RCP Riser (Pond A) $ 28,431.04/EA $ 28.431.04
I n. 1 EA 60-Inch Dia. RCP Riser (Pond B) $ 29.608.04/EA $ 29.608.04
I G003-107 Appendix C-2 12/16/08
r
? o. 1 EA 72-lnch Oia. RCP Riser (Pond C) $ 32.428.95/EA $ 32.428.95
\ p. 1 EA Tie to Existing Weir Inlet $ 3.500.00/EA $ 3.500.00
q. 400 LF Jack and Sore $ 196.25/LF $ 78.500.00
Existing Storm System Demolition and
~ r. Lump Sum Repairs $ 10.500.00
s. 2,495 LF Cleanup and Testing $ 1.00/LF $ 2.495.00
~ ITEM 9 - MARKERS
a. . 4 EA Temporary Liner Edge Marker $ 250.00/EA $ 1.000.00
b. 4 EA Permanent Liner Edge Marker $ 350.00/EA $ 1.400.00
~ c. 4 EA Concrete Sollards $ 600.00/EA $ 2.400.00
Remove and Relocate Existing
~ d. 4 EA Temporary Liner Edge Markers $ 250.00/EA $ 1.000.00
ITEM 10 -GAS COLLECTION & CONTROL SYSTEM
I a. 630 VF Vertical Landfill Gas Extraction Well $ 88.50NF $ 55.755.00
.) b. 4 EA Leachate Cleanout Extraction Well $ 1.900.00/EA $ 7.600.00
f c. 2,690 LF 14-lnch HOPE Header $ 44.00/LF $ 118.360.00
'1 d. 1,290 LF 10-lnch HOPE Header $ 40.00/LF $ 51.600.00
i
I e. 45 LF 8-lnch HOPE Header $ 38.50/LF $ 1.732.50 .
J f. 550 LF 6-lnch HOPE Lateral $ 32.00/LF $ 17.600.00
) g. 760 LF 4-lnch HOPE Lateral $ 17.00/LF $ 12.920.00
2-lnch Dual Contained HOPE
i h. 120 LF Forcemain $ 53.00/LF $ 6.360.00
II i. 3,950 LF 2-lnch HOPE Airline $ 2.00/LF $ 7 .900.00
1
, j. 3 Each Condensate Sump $ 20.000.00/EA $ 60.000.00
I
I
"' k. 1 Each 8" Isolation Valve Assembly $ 6.710.00/EA $ 6.710.00
I I. 4 Each 10" Isolation Valve Assembly $ 7.700.00/EA $ 30.800.00
I
,
il m. 2 Each 14" Isolation Valve Assembly $ 13.300.00/EA $ 26.600.00
~ n. 9,405 LF Cleanup and Testing $ 2.00/LF $ 18.810.00
I
l) o. 21 Each Wellhead Assembly $ 1.600.00/EA $ 33.600.00
p. 2 Each Tie-In to Existing Force Main Manholes $ 2.200.00/EA $ 4.400.00
( $ 1.540.00/EA $ 1.540.00
(I q. 1 Each Tie-In to Existing Force Main
r. 1 Each Tie-In to Existing 14-lnch HOPE Header $ 3.100.00/EA $ 3.100.00
J 1 Each Tie-In to Existing 2-lnch HOPE Air Line $ 360.00/EA $ 360.00
I s.
') G003-107 Appendix C-3 12/16/08
I
r-'
i
r""
I
I
r
DRAWINGS
00010 - 3
Table of Contents
Sheet Title
1 of 24
2 of 24
3 of 24
4 of 24
5 of 24
6 of 24
7 of 24
7A of 24
8 of 24
9 of 24
10 of 24
11 of 24
12 of 24
13 of 24
14 of 24
15 of 24
16 of 24
17 of 24
18 of 24
19 of 24
20 of 24
21 of 24
22 of 24
23 of 24
24 of 24
Cover
Project Site Map, Legend & General Notes
Existing Conditions
Staking Plan A
Staking Plan B
Grading & Drainage Plan A
Grading & Drainage Plan B
Electrical Plan
Storm Drain Profiles
Erosion & Sedimentation Control Plan Clearing Phase
Erosion & Sedimentation Control Plan Grading Phase
Erosion & Sedimentation Control Plan Final Phase
NPDES Notes
NPDES Notes
NPDES Notes
Erosion Control Details
NPDES Sampling and Inspection Notes
Construction Details
Construction Details
Construction Details
Construction Details
Stage 1, Cell 1 GCCS Site Plan
Gas Collection Details
Gas Collection Details
Gas Collection Details & Well Schedule
10/02/08 G003-1 07\XD0001 0
r"
I
I
,.
(
i
'-
Section 00414
Corporate Certificate
I, R. Larry Barnette certify that I am the Secretary of the corporation named as Contractor in the
foregoing proposal; that Dustin McNallv who signed said proposal in behalf of the Contractor
was then Vice President of said corporation; that said proposal was duly signed for and in behalf
of said corporation by authority of its Board of Directors, and is within the scope of its corporate
powers; that said corporation is organized under the laws of the State of GeorQia.
This
616' If
Corporate
Secretary:
day of {).LL4?'~L ,200!
R. Larry Barnette
(name printed or typed)
(SEAL)
END OF SECTION
12/16/08 G003-107\X000414
r.'
I
I.
r
l
Section 00480
Non-Collusion Affidavit of Prime Bidder
STATE OF GEORGIA
COUNTY OF BARROW
I, Dustin McNallv, being first duly sworn, deposes and says that:
He is Vice President of Cooper. Barnette & Paqe. Inc., the Bidder that has submitted the attached
Bid;
He or she is fully informed respecting the preparation and contents of the attached Bid and of all
pertinent circumstances respecting such Bid;
Such Bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham Bid;
Neither the said Bidder nor' any of its officers, partners, owners, agents, representatives,
employees or parties in interest, including this Affiant, has in any way colluded, ' conspired,
connived or agreed, directly or indirectly with any other Bidder, firm or person to submit a collusive
or sham Bid in connection with the Contract for which the attached Bid has been submitted or to
refrain from bidding in connection with such Contract, or has in any manner, directly or indirectly,
sought by agreement or collusion or communicatioll or conference with any other Bidder, firm or
person to fix the price or prices in the attached Bid or of any other Bidder, or to fix any overhead,
profit or cost element of the Bid price or the Bid price of any other Bidder, or to secure through any
collusion, conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement any advantage against the City of
Augusta or any person interested in the proposed Contract;. and
The price or prices quoted in the attached Bid are fair and proper and are not tainted by any
collusion, conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement on the part of the Bidder or any of its
agents, representatives, owners, employees, or parties in interest, including this Affiant.
BIDD::: &Ir C.O;::jETTE & PAGE, INC
Z ~ (name signed)
Dustin McNally
(name printed or typed)
Title: Vice President
Date: / If / r;-;i /0 ~
I '7
Subscribed and sworn to me this~day of ~tL ,200.1.
NOTARY PUBLIC: lh,,1\n ~ l-t:.n/'I
I LttiJiiir
(name printed or typed)
Commission Expires:
s~
END OF SECTION
KAilnUORD (S EAL)
NowlY Mlic, Barrow County, Georgia
My Commission Expires Sept 13,2009
12/16/08 G003-107\XD00480
Section 00500
Contract
THIS CONTRACT, made this
day of
,200_. by and between
Augusta-Richmond County, hereinafter called "Owner" and Cooper, Barnette & Page, Inc. doing
business as corporation hereinafter called "Contractor".
,-.
WITNESS: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereafter
mentioned:
1. The Contractor will commence and complete the construction of Deans Bridge
Road Phase III MSW Landfill, Stage 2, Cell 1 Construction; Stage 1, Cell 1
GCCS.
2. The Contractor will furnish all of the material, supplies, tools, equipment. labor
and other services necessary for the construction and completion of the project
described herein.
i-
1
3. The Contractor will commence work required by the Contract Documents on or
before a date specified in the written Notice to Proceed and will complete the
same within 350 calendar days unless the period for completion is extended
otherwise by the Contract Documents. Time is of the essence and is an
essential element of this Contract, and the Contractor shall pay to the Owner, not
as a penalty. but as liquidated damages, the sum of $750.00 for each calendar
day that there is default of completing the Work within the time limit named herein.
or the amounts stipulated in Section 01011 for each calendar day there is default
of completing the Work or defaults in completion of all the Work after
commencement thereof. the Contractor shall be liable for such liquidated
damages. These fixed liquidated damages are not established as a penalty but
are calculated and agreed upon in advance by the Owner and the Contractor due
to the uncertainty and impossibility of making a determination as to the actual and
consequential damages incurred by the Owner and the general public of
Richmond County. Georgia as a result of the failure on the part of the Contractor
to complete the Work on time. Such liquidated damages referred to herein are
intended to be and are cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy
now or hereafter enforceable at law. in equity, by statute, or under the Contract.
...
i
I
l..
4. The Contractor agrees to perform all of the work described in the contract
documents and comply with the terms therein for the sum of Twelve Million Three
Hundred Fifty Five Thousand Three Hundred Twenty Two and 58/100 Dollars
($12,355,322.58).
5. The term "Contract Documents" means and includes the following:
(A) Request for Proposal
(8) Partnership or Corporate Certificate
(C) Noncollusion Affidavits
12/16/08 G003-107\X000500
i
I
1,-.,
00500 - 2
Contract
(0) Contract
(E) General Conditions
(F) Supplementary Conditions
(G) Payment Bond
(H) Performance Bond
(I) Notice of Award
(J) Notice to Proceed
(K) Change Order(s)
(L) Certificate of Owner's Attorney
(M) Drawings prepared by Atlantic Coast Consulting, Inc.
(N) Specifications prepared by Atlantic Coast Consulting, Inc.
(0) Addenda
6. The Owner will pay to the Contractor in the manner and at such times as set forth
in the General Conditions such amounts as required by the Contract Documents,
7. This Contract shall be binding upon all parties hereto and their respective heirs,
executors, administrators, successors, and assigns.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed, or caused to be executed by their
duly authorized officials, this Contract in seven (7) copies each of which shall be deemed an
original on the date first above written.
OWNER:
AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY
By: U'::6l r-
Name: '''),If-Vyj> s". CPf"Ut-Mvc'<-
(Please Print or Type)
Title: M 4-{ t)#-
to"
Ti~~..
. ;~; ~'~'~"'f"
(SEAL)
12/16/08 G003-107\XD00500
~1f1
00500 - 3
Contract
CONTRACTOR:
COOPER, BARNETTE & PAGE, INC.
,
Name: V rJ
(Please Print or Typ
Title: Vft.e ~ }?re>I;A(N I-
,
1<<'
r'
i
,
Address: 1928 Executive Park Drive
Statham. Georqia 30666
ATTEST:
r
Name )
f7 . (P ase Print or Type)
/~.. UJ..;116~~
Title S&j~/-r~~ (SEAL)
. 1
Note: Attest for a Corporation must be by the corporate secretary; for a partnership by another
partner; for an individual by a Notary.
END OF SECTION
12/16/08 G003-107\X000500
I^
i
i.
r
\.. ,
Section 00550 .
Pre-Award Oath
STATE OF GEORGIA
COUNTY OF RICHMOND
In accordance with O.C.G.A. S36-91-21 (e), we, the undersigned of
Cooper, Barnette & Page, Inc. being first duly sworn, deposes and says that:
We have not directly or indirectly violated O.C.G.A. S36-91-21 (d), and more specifically, we have
not
prevented or attempted to prevent competition in such bidding or proposals by any means
whatever,
prevented or endeavored to prevent anyone from making a bid or proposal thereof by any
means whatever, nor
caused or induced another to withdraw a bid or proposal for the work.
We, the undersigned, to the best of our knowledge, affirm that no other officers, agents or other
persons acted for or represented the Contractor in the bidding for and procurement of this
Contract.
Signature
~3=
)
Printed Name Title
~e. lPA5~
~L~~
fl. OV'_^ t ~Ltr~
Date
Jt}Z.J.,
I .
/rJ-d16 .o!-
/iJ-*O~
4~J;'~~
My Commission Expires:
~tpt. \'bi1lm
YJiTIE M. FORD
NowlY Public, Barrow County, GeOigie
My Commission Expires Sept. 13, 2009 (SEAL)
END OF SECTION
12/16/08 G003-107\XD00550
,-
l
r- .
[
l- ,
!
I
t__.
Section 00610
Performance Bond
BOND NO. 929467282
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that Cooper, Barnette & Page, Inc., the
"Principal," a corporation of the State of Georgia, and Western Surety Company, PO Box 5077,
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57177-5077, the "Surety," are held and firmly bound unto Augusta-
Richmond County (the "Owner") existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Georgia,
in the sum of Twelve Million Three Hundred Fifty Five Thousand Three Hundred Twenty Two and
58/100 Dollars ($12,355,322.58). in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which
sum in lawful money of the United States well and truly to be made we do hereby bind
ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns jointly and severally.
The condition of this obligation is such that whereas Principal has entered into a
certain Contract with the Owner, dated as of the day of 200_,
which is by reference incorporated in and made a part hereof as fully as if copied here verbatim,
for the following work: .
Deans Bridge Road Phase III MSW landfill, Stage 2, Cell 1 Construction; Stage 1,
Cell 1 GCeS
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall in all respects comply with and perform all
the terms and conditions of the Contract (which includes the Drawings, Specifications, and
Contract Documents) and such alterations as may be made in said contract as the documents
therein provide for, during the original term thereof and any extensions thereof which may be
granted by the Owner, with or without notice to Surety, and during the one year warranty period,
and if Principal shall satisfy all claims and demands and shall indemnify and save harmless the
Owner against and from all costs, expenses, damages, injury, or conduct, want of care, skill,
negligence, or default, including compliance with performance guarantees and patent
infringement by the Principal, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise, Principal and Surety
jointly and severally agree to pay to Owner any difference between the sum to which the
Principal would be entitled on completion of the contract and that which the Owner may be
obliged to pay for the completion of the work by contract or otherwise, together with any
damages, direct or indirect, or consequential, which Owner may sustain on account of such
work, or on account of the failure of the Principal to keep and execute all provisions of the
Contract.
Principal and Surety further bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators,
and assigns, jointly and severally, that if the Principal shall keep and perform its agreement to
repair or replace defective work or equipment during the warranty period of one (1) year as
provided, then this paragraph shall be void; but if default shall be made by Principal in the
performance of its contract to so repair or replace said work, then this paragraph shall be in
effect and Owner shall have and recover from Principal and its Surety damages for all defective
conditions arising by reason of defective materials, work, or labor performed by or on the
account of Pripcipal and it is further understood and agreed that this obligation shall be a
continuing one against the Principal and Surety hereon, and that successive recoveries may be
had hereon for successive breaches until the full amount shall have been exhausted; and it is
further understood that the obligation therein to maintain said work shall continue throughout
said maintenance period, and the same shall not be changed, diminished, or in any manner
affected from any cause during said time; and to fully save and hold the Owner harmless for any
damages it may be caused to pay on account of injury to person, loss of life or damage to
property.
12/16/08 G003-107\XD00610
r~'
I
I
!~
I~
r-
[-
r"
I
r-'
00610 - 2
Performance Bond
And the Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations
of the Surety and this Bond shall in no way be impaired or affected by any extension of time,
modification, omission, addition; or change in or to the contract, the work to be performed
thereunder, or by any payment. thereunder before the time required therein, or by any waiver of
any provision thereof, or by any assignment subletting or other transfer thereof, or of any part
thereof, of any work to be performed, or of any moneys due to become due thereunder; and the
said Surety does hereby waive notice of any and all such extensions, modifications, omissions,
additions, changes, payments, waivers,. assignments. subcontracts, and transfer, and hereby
stipulates and agrees that any and all things done and omitted to be done by and in relation to
executors, . administrators, successors, assignees, subcontractors, and other transferees shall
have the same effect as to said Surety as though done or omitted to be done by and in relation
to the Principal.
This bond is given pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of O.C.GA Section 36-91-1
et.seq. and all the provisions of the law referring to this character of Bond as set forth in said
Sections or as may be hereinafter enacted, and these are hereby made a part hereof to the same
extent as if set out herein in full.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have executed this Bond by
causing their respective names to be hereunto subscribed and their seals to be hereunto affixed
by their duly authorized officers, on this the day of , 200_,
executed in seven counterparts.
CONTRACTOR - PRINCIPAL:
N
Name e r. EtfJ""tJ
(~~~ Print or Type)
Title See ~ .
Note: Attest for a corporation must be by the corporate secretary; for a partnership by another
partner; for an individual by a Notary.
(SEAL)
12/16/08 G003-1 07\XD0061 0
r""'
I
!
00610 - 3
Performance Bond
(".
l
SURETY:
By:
r'
Name: Gary S uller
(Please Print or Type)
Title: Attorney-in-fact
Agency: Yates Insurance Agency
r:)
Address: 4 Executive Park, East, Suite 200
Atlanta, GA 30329
['
,,~/ h~
WITNESS: //6------ ~.L (' ." ..~
Name Tamara Hendrix
(Please Print or Type)
r. ,
l
Title Witness
(SEAL)
[.,
Note: Surety companies executing Bonds must appear on the Treasury Department's most
current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in the state where
the project is located.
END OF SECTION
\
{
12/16/08 G003-107\XD00610
"
~,~""';
Western Surety Company
POWER OF A ITORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY .IN.FACT
Know All Men By These Presents, That WESTERN SURETY COMPANY, a South Dakota corporation, is a duly organized and existing COlJIOration
having its principal office in the City of Sioux Falls, and State of South Dakota, and that it does by virtue of the signature and seal herein affIXed hereby
make, constitute and appoint
P D Yates, Jr, P D Yates, III, Alan R Yates, Michael L Angel, Karen A Maynard, Michael
S Brickner, Kevin M. Neidert, T'amara Hendrix, Robert N Reynolds, Marie M Hartley, Betsy
J Holmes, Le Roy N Myhre, Emmett H Hall, Brian K Hughes, Gary Spuller, Daniel Yates,
Individually
of Atlanta, GA, its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute for and on its behalf bonds,
undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature
- In Unlimited Amounts -
and to bind it thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of the corporation and all the acts of said
Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given, are hereby ratified and confirmed.
This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By-Law printed on the reverse hereof, duly adopted, as indicated, by
the shareholders of the corporation.
In Witness Whereof, WESTERN SURETY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its Senior Vice President and its corporate seal to
be hereto affIXed on this 22nd day of October, 2008,
WESTERN SURETY COMPANY
-/?L~.4!
Paul . Bruflat, Senior Vice President
State of South Dakota
County of Minnehaha
} ss
On this llnd day of October, 2008, before me personally came Paul T. Bruflat, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that
he resides in the City of Sioux Falls, State of South Dakota; that he is the Senior Vice President of WESTERN SURIITY COMPANY described in and
which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was
so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and
aclcnowledges same to be the act and deed of said corporation.
My commission expires
November 30, 2012
~......4to.....~............~.............. S
~ D.KRELL ~
f~NorARY PUBLIC~~
~~SOUTH DAKOTA 1
+~~~_..~-..........~......~........~..+
~
~",~Ml'
CERTIFICATE
I, L. Nelson, Assistant Secretary of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney hereinabove set forth is still in
force, and further certify that the By-Law of the corporation printed on the reverse hereof is still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed
my name and affixed the seal of the said corporation this day of
WESTERN SURETY COMPANY
Fonn F4280~-06
g, ~~~-
Section 00620
Payment Bond
BOND NO. 929467282
f' ,
I
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that Cooper, Barnette & Page, Inc., the .
"Principal,' a corporation of the State of Georgia, and Western Surety Company, PO Box 5077,
Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57177-5077, the "Surety,' are held and firmly bound unto Augusta-
Richmond County (the YOwner") existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Georgia,
in the sum of Twelve Million Three Hundred Fifty Five Thousand Three Hundred Twenty Two and
58/100 Dollars ($12,355,322.58) in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which
sum in lawful money of the United States well and truly to be made we do hereby bind
ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns jointly and severally.
The condition of this obligation -is such that whereas Principal has entered into a
certain Contract with the Owner, dated as of the day of 200_,
which is by reference incorporated in and made a part hereof as fully as if copied here verbatim,
for the following work:
~"'.
I
I
f-'
I
t
" ,
Deans Bridge Road Phase III MSW Landfill, Stage 2, Cell 1 Construction; Stage 1,
Cell 1 GCeS
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall fully pay for all the labor and materials used
by said Principal or any immediate or remote subcontractor or furnisher of labor or materials
under him in the performance of the work in lawful money of the United States as the same shall
become due, including all amounts due for materials, lubricants, oil, gasoline, electricity, coal
and coke, repairs on machinery, equipment, and tools, consumed or used in connection with
performance of the work and all insurance premiums and other charges incurred under said'
contract, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
Principal and Surety further bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators,
and assigns, jointly and severally, that they shall promptly make payments of all taxes, licenses,
assessments, contributions, penalties, and interest thereon, when, and if, the same may be
f" lawfully due the State of Georgia or any County, Municipality, or political subdivision thereof.by
t" reason of and directly connected with the performance of the Contract, or any part thereof.
And the Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations
of the Surety and this Bond shall in no way be impaired or affected by any extension of time,
modification, omission, addition, or change in or to the contract, the work to be performed
thereunder, or by any payment thereunder before the time required therein, or by any waiver of
any provision thereof, or by any assignment subletting or other transfer thereof, or of any part
thereof, of any work to be performed, or of any moneys due to become due thereunder; and the
said Surety does hereby waive notice of any and all such extensions, modifications, omissions
additions, changes, payments, waivers, assignments, subcontracts, and transfer, and hereby
stipulates and agrees that any and all things done and omitted to be done by and in relation to
executors, administrators, successors, assignees, subcontractors, and other transferees shall
have the same effect as to said Surety as though done or omitted to be done by and in relation
to the Principal.
12/16/08 G003-107\XD00620
00620 - 2
Payment Bond
.This Bond ;s given pursuant to and in accordance with provisions of O.C.G.A. Section 36-91-1
et.seq. hereinafter, and all the provisions of law referring to this character of Bond as set forth in
said Sections or as may be hereinafter enacted, and these are hereby made a part hereof to the
same extent as if set out herein in full.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have executed this Bond by
causing their respective names to be hereunto subscribed and their seals to be hereunto affixed
by their duly authorized officers, on this the day of ,200_,
executed in seven counterparts.
CONTRACTOR - PRINCIPAL:
Title:
(SEAL)
Note: Attest for a corporation must be by the corporate secretary; for a partnership by another
partner; for an individual by a Notary.
12/16/08 GOO3-107\XD00620
r-
i
i
,
(
r"'
0062() - 3
Payment Bond
r-
I
I
SURETY:
r-
Name: Gary Sp r
(Please Print or Type)
By:
r"-
l .
Title: Attorney-in-fact
r'
l
l"
Agency: Yates Insurance Agency
Address: 4 Executive Park, East, Suite 200
Atlanta, GA 39329
WIT~S~/] _ /
/' C:~"'~<-4c;;d~~r
f' Name Tamara Hendrix
I (Please Print or Type)
\...,
Title Witness
(SEAL)
Note: Surety companies executing Bonds must appear on the Treasury Department's most
current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in the state where
the project is located.
END OF SECTION
<-
12/16/08 GOO3-107\XD00620
Section 00697
Notice Of Award
To:
Re: Deans Bridge Road Phase III MSW Landfill, Stage 2, Cell 1 Construction; Stage
1, Cell 1 GCCS
The Owner has considered the Bid submitted by you for the above-referenced Project in
response to its Invitation to Bid and Information for Bidders.
You are hereby notified that your Bid has been accepted for items in the amount
of
You are required by the Information for Bidders to execute the Agreement and furnish
the required Contractor's Performance Bond, Payment Bond, and certificates of insurance
within ten (10) calendar days from the date of this Notice to you.
If you fail to execute said Contract and furnish said Bonds within ten (10) days from the
date of this Notice, said Owner will be entitled to consider all your rights arising out of the
Owner's acceptance of your Bid as abandoned and as a forfeiture of your Bid Bond will be
entitled to such other rights as may be granted by law.
Owner.
You are required to return an acknowledged copy of this Notice "Of Award to the
Dated this
day of
200_.
Augusta-Richmond County
By:
Name and Title:
ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE
Receipt of the above Notice of Award is hereby acknowledged by
this the day of , 200_.
By:
Name and Title:
END OF SECTION
7/25/08 G003-107\X000697
Section 00698
Notice To Proceed
NOTICE TO PROCEED
To:
Re: Deans Bridge Road Phase III MSW Landfill, Stage 2, Cell 1 Construction; Stage 1,
Cell 1 GCCS
You are hereby notified that to commence work in accordance with the Agreement dated
,200_, on or before I 200_, and you are to complete the
project within 350 consecutive calendar days thereafter. The date of completion of all work is
therefore , 200_. -
Dated this
day of
,200_.
By:
Name and Title:
ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE
Receipt of the above Notice to Proceed is hereby acknowledged by
this the _ day of , 200_.
By:
Name and Title:
END OF SECTION
8/19/08 G003-107\X000698
r-.-~
Section 00699
Certificate Of Owner's Attorney
I, the undersigned,
representative of Augusta-Ri
VtVlt)Mthe duly authorized and acting legal
ond County, do hereby certify as follows:
10"
I have examined the attached Contract(s) and surety bonds and the manner of
,
execution thereof, and I am of the opinion that each of the aforesaid agreements has
been duly executed by the proper parties thereto acting through their duly authorized
representatives; that said representatives have full power and authority to execute
said agreements on behalf of the respective parties named thereon; and that the
foregoing agreements constitute valid and legally binding obligations upon the parties
executing the same in accordance with terms, conditions and provisions thereof.
Date:
l~
~~
--
I '
L.
END OF SECTION
7/25/08 G003-107\X000699
O.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
r
i
,
I
I
I .
I
I
'.
(
I
1
Section 00700
General Conditions
. GENERAL CONDITIONS
General
Definitions'
Additional,lnstructions and Detail Drawings
Schedules, Reports, and Records
Correlation of Documents
Shop Drawings
Materials, Services, and Facilities
Inspection and Testing
Substitutions
Patents
Surveys, Permits, Regulations
Protection of Work, Property, Persons
Supervision by Contractor
Changes in the Work
Changes in Contract Price
Time for Completion and Liquidated Damages
.Correction of Work
Subsurface Conditions
Suspensions of Work, Termination, and Delay
Payments to Contractor
Acceptance of Final Payment as Release
Insurance
Contract Security
Assignments
Indemnification
Separate Contracts
Subcontracting
Engineer's Authority
Land and Rights-of-Way
Guaranty
Taxes
Disputes
Contract Provisions Required by Law
Prohibited Interest
Use of Premises and Removal of Debris
Estimate of Quantities
Contractor's Obligations
Payments by Contractor
Waiver
Chemicals
Connecting of Existing Work
Program and Method of Construction
Buildings and Shanties
Sewage, Surface and Flood Flows
Obstructions Encountered
Use of Streets
Access by Representatives of Governmental Agencies
Local and State Laws
Deleted
10/02/08 G003-107\XD00700
00700 - 3
General Conditions
GENERAL CONDITIONS
O. GENERAL
0.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS:. The General Conditions are general in scope and may
refer to conditions not encountered on the work covered by these Contract
Documents. Any provision of the General Conditions which pertains to a nonexistent
condition and is not applicable to the work to be performed hereunder, shall have no
meaning in these Contract Documents and shall be disregarded.
0.2 SPECIFICATIONS: No attempt has been made in the Specifications to segregate
work to be performed by any trade or subcontract. Any segregation between the
trades or crafts will be solely a matter for agreement between the Contractor and his
employees and his subcontractors.
The Specifications as a whole will govern the construction of the entire work.
The applicable provisions thereof will govern work to be performed under each
section.
0.3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contract Documents cover all matters relating to the
work the Contractor is obligated to perform. The Contract Documents are organized
into various parts and sections for convenience. All parts and sections of the Contract
Documents are complementary, and what is called for by any shall be as binding as if
called for by all.
The Contract Documents, as defined herein, form the Contract between the Owner
and the Contractor for the performance of the work covered by these Contract.
Documents. It is agreed by the Owner and the Contractor, as evidenced by and
through the execution of the Contract, that all terms of the Contract Documents shall
be binding on both parties to the Contract and shall be a part of the Contract, the
same as if the Contract Documents are repeated therein.
0.4 LEGAL ADDRESSES: Both the business address of the Contractor given in the Bid
Proposal Form and the Contractor's office in the vicinity of the work either of which
are hereby designated as the place to which all notices, letters, and other
communication to the Contractor will be mailed or delivered.
The address of the Owner is indicated in. the bidding instructions, and is hereby
designated as the place to which all notices, letters, and other communication to the
Owner shall be mailed or delivered. Either party may change his address at any time
by an instrument in writing delivered to the other party.
0.5 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR: The relation of the Contractor to the Owner shall
be that of an independent contractor.
0.6 GOVERNING STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS: Standard specifications or other
specifications of organizations, societies, governmental agencies, or bodies, referred
to in these Contract Documents, are made a part of these Contract Documents the
same as if repeated herein. Unless specifically stated otherwise, the standard shall be
that adopted and published at the date of the Advertisement for Bids.
10/02/08 G003-1 07\XD00700.
!
i
1.
00700 - 5
General Conditions
Notice to Proceed, and the Specifications, Drawings, and Engineering Data furnished
by the Contractor and accepted by the Owner. Whenever, in any portion of the
Contract Documents, the terms "Plans and Specifications" or "Specifications" or
"Contract" or words of like import appear, they shall be interpreted to mean Contract
Documents as defined herein.
1.10 CONTRACT PRICE: The contract price or contract prices named in the Contract
Documents shall be the amount of the compensation to the Contractor agreed to by
the Owner and the Contractor for the proper and satisfactory completion of the work
specified herein, including all contingencies, in full conformity with the Contract
Documents. The contract price(s) shall be full payment for the performance of the
work and the furnishing of labor, materials, transportation, supplies, tools, equipment,
taxes, employee benefits, incidentals, services, and other items necessary or
conveni'ent for completion of the work in a satisfactory and acceptable manner, and
within the intent of these Contract Documents.
1.11 CONTRACT TIME: The number of calendar days allowed by these Contract
Documents for the completion of the work, including authorized time extensions for
the completion of the work sufficient for acceptance as substantially complete by the
Owner.
1.12 CONTRACTOR: The person, firm, or corporation whose proposal is accepted by the
Owner and who enters into a Contract with the Owner for performance of the work
covered by and in conformance with these Contract Documents.
1.13
DRAWINGS: Drawings, which are sometimes referred to herein as "plans," are
defined as all (a) drawings furnished by the Owner as a basis for bids; (b)
supplementary drawings furnished by the Owner to clarify and to define in greater
detail the intent of the Contract Drawings and Specifications; (c) drawings furnished
by the Owner to the Contractor during the progress of the work;.
1.14 ENGINEER/PROJECT MANAGER: Owner approved personnel and Contractor(s).
1.15 FIELD ORDER: A written order effecting a change in the WORK not involving an
adjustment in the CONTRACT PRICE or an extension of the CONTRACT TIME
issued by the ENGINEER to the CONTRACTOR during construction.
1.16 NOTICE OF AWARD: The written notice of the acceptance of the BID from the
OWNER to the successful bidder.
1.17 NOTICE TO PROCEED: Written communication issued by the OWNER to the
CONTRACTOR authorizing him to proceed with the WORK and establishing the date
of commencement of the WORK.
1.18 OBSERVER: An authorized representative of the Engineer assigned to make
necessary observations of the work performed by the Contractor.
10/02/08 G003-107\XD00700
00700 - 7
General Conditions
1.28 SPECIFICATIONS: A part of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS consisting of written
descriptions of a technical nature of materials, equipment, construction systems,
standards, and workmanship.
1.29 SUBCONTRACTOR: The person, firm, or corporation having a direct contract with the
Contractor or with any other subcontractor for performing work covered by these
Contract Documents which the Contractor is obligated to perform or to cause to be
performed.
11.30
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: That date as certified by the ENGINEER when the
construction of the PROJECT is sufficiently completed, in accordance with the
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, so that the PROJECT can be safely, conveniently and
beneficially utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. For the purposes of this
project, substantial completion shall be defined as when the Contractor has supplied
all data required for EPD approval of each cell, EPD has completed their final
inspection and EPD has verbally approved the Owner's use of the cell.
\
I
1.31 SUPPLIER: The person, firm, or corporation who will furnish products acceptable to
the Engineer for incorporation into the work covered by these Contract Documents. A
supplier may also be referred to as "manufacturer" or "distributor" in these Contract
Documents.
1.32 WORK: Everything specified, indicated, shown, or contemplated, including materials,
labor, equipment, transportation, supplies, and things required to be done, furnished, .
or performed by the Contractor under these Contract Documents. The work shall
include everything expressly or impliedly required of the Contractor by the Contract
Documents.
1.33 WRITTEN NOTICE: Any notice to any party of the Agreement relative to any part of
this Agreement in writing and considered delivered and the service thereof completed,
when posted by certified or registered mail to the said party at his last given address,
or delivered in person to said party or his authorized representative on the WORK.
1.34 MAY: Permissive.
1.35 "SHALL" IMPLIED: Some sentences, statements and clauses used in the
specifications exclude any form of the verb "shall" normally expressed in a verb
phrase with verbs such as "furnish", "install", "provide", "perform", "construct", "erect",
"comply", "apply", "submit" or similar verb, but in any such sentences, statements, and
clauses shall be interpreted to include the applicable form of the phrase "The
CONTRACTOR shall" and the requirements described therein shall be interpreted as
mandatory elements of the CONTRACT.
1.36 SHALL: Mandatory
1.37 WILL: Mandatory
10/02/08 G003-107\XD00700
f ~,
\
i
i,oj
00700 - 9
General Conditions
3.6 The costs employed in making up any of these schedules will be used only for
determining the basis of partial payments and will not be considered as fixing a basis
for additions to or deductions from the contract price.
3.7 An updated schedule and an updated Schedule of Submittals shall be presented with
each partial payment request. Lack of an updated schedule and/or an updated
Schedule of Submittals will delay processing of the pay request until receipt of the
updated schedule and/or an updated Schedule of Submittals.
3.8 If the schedule reflects a completion date prior to the completion date established by the
Contract Agreement, this shall afford no basis to claim for delay should the Contractor
not complete the Work prior to the projected completion date. Instead all "float" between
the completion date in the Contractor's schedule and the completion date established in
the Contract Agreement shall belong to and be exclusively available to the Owner.
Should a change order be executed with a revised completion date, the progress
schedule shall be revised to reflect the new completion date.
3.9
Contractor's Responsibilities
(1) Implement the detailed Near Term Schedule of activities to the fullest extent
possible between Project Coordination Meetings.
(2) The Contractor shall prepare the Contractor's Daily Report by 10:00 a.m. of the
day following the Report date. This Daily Report will contain, as a minimum, the
weather conditions; number of workers by craft, including supervision and
management personnel on site; active and inactive equipment on site; work
accomplished by CPM activity item; problems; and visitors to the jobsite.
(3) If a current activity or series of activities on the OPS is behind schedule and if the
late status is not due to an excusable delay for which a time extension would be
forthcoming, the Contractor shall attempt to reschedule the activity to be
consistent with the Overall Project Schedule so as not to delay any of the
Contract milestones. The Contractor agrees that:
a. The Contractor shall attempt to expedite the activity completion so as to
have it agree with the OPS. Such measures as the Contractor may
choose shall be made explicit during the Project Coordination Meeting.
b. If, within two weeks of identification of such behind-schedule activity, the
Contractor is not successful in restoring the activity to an on schedule
status, the Contractor shall:
1. Carry out the activity with the scheduled crew on an overtime basis
until the activity is complete or back on schedule.
2. Increase the crew size or add shifts so the activity can be completed
as scheduled.
10/02/08 G003-107\XD00700
4.6
4.7
4.8
r^
I
!
4.9
4.10
1. ~
00700 - 11
General Conditions
The parts of the Contract Documents are complementary, each part being an
essential part of these Contract Documents, which are intended to describe and
provide for a complete work. A requirement occurring in one is as binding as though
occurring in all.
The Contractor shall carefully study and compare all Drawings, Specifications, and
other instructions; shall test all figures on the Drawings before laying out the work;
shall notify the Engineer of all errors, inconsistencies, or omissions which he may
discover. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any error or omission, which may
be found in the Drawings or other Contract Documents.
In case of unresolved conflict between items of the Contract Documents, the following
order of precedence shall govern, with the higher item taking precedence over a lower
item:
Contract (including Supplemental Agreements and Change Orders thereto)
Addenda
Instructions to Bidders
Bid
General Conditions
Specifications
QAlQC Plan
Schedules on Drawings
Notes on Drawings
Details on Drawings
Large Scale Drawings
Small Scale Drawings
Dimensions Given in Figures
Scaled Dimensions
In the event of any discrepancy between any Drawing and the figures written thereon,
the figures, unless obviously incorrect, shall be taken as correct.
When measurements are affected by conditions already established or where items
are to be fitted into constructed conditions, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to
verify all such dimensions at the site and the actual job dimensions shall take
precedence over scale and figure dimensions on the Drawings.
4.11 Wherever a stock size of manufactured item or piece of equipment is specified by its
nominal size, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to determine the actual
space requirements for setting and for entrance to the setting space and to make all
necessary allowances and adjustments therefor in his work without additional cost to
the Owner.
4.12 Any materially differing site condition as between what is shown on the Drawings and
Specifications and actually found on site shall be immediately reported to the Engineer,
in writing, prior to the commencement of Work at the site. Failure of the Contractor to
notify the Engineer, in writing, of the differing site condition prior to performance of Work
10/02/08 G003-107\X000700
r -,
00700 - 13
General Conditions
thereon and not less than six (6) corrected copies shall be furnished.
5.7 All corrections and changes made on the drawings or data sheets other than those
noted by the Engineer shall be clearly identified with a revision symbol and shall be
suitably documented on the drawing with a brief description and date.
5.8 When the drawings and data are returned marked "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN,"
fabrication and/or installation can begin and no additional copies need be furnished.
5.9 No work shall be performed in connection with the fabrication or manufacture of
materials and equipment, nor shall any accessory or appurtenance be purchased until
the drawings and data therefor have been reviewed by the Engineer and returned .
marked "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" or "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED".
5.10 A copy of each approved SHOP DRAWING and each approved sample shall be kept
in good order by the CONTRACTOR at the site and shall be available to the
ENGINEER.
5.11 The Engineer's review of drawings and data submitted by the Contractor will cover
only general conformity to the Drawings and Specifications, external connections, and
dimensions which affect the layout. The Engineer's review of drawings returned
marked "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" or "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED" does not
indicate a thorough review of all dimensions, quantities, and details of the material,
equipment, devices, or items shown and shall not in any way be deemed to relieve the.
Contractor from any responsibility for errors or deviations from the requirements of
these Contract Documents or from full responsibility for complete and accurate
performance of the work in conformance with these Contract Documents or from any
liability placed upon him by any provisions of these Contract Documents.
The schedule of submittals of engineering data and submittals of samples of materials
or products, if required, shall be made by the Contractor in accordance with the
requirements in the section entitled "Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples" of
these Specifications.
5.12
6. MATERIALS. SERVICES. AND FACILITIES
6.1 It is understood that, except as otherwise specifically stated in the CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for all materials, labor,
tools, equipment, water, light, power, transportation, supervision, temporary
construction of any nature, and all other services and facilities of any nature
whatsoever necessary to execute, complete, and deliver the WORK within the-
specified time.
6.2 Material and equipment shall be so stored as to insure the preservation of their quality
and fitness for the WORK. Stored materials and equipment to be incorporated in the
WORK shall be located so as to facilitate prompt inspection.
10102/08 G003-107\X000700
I
\
6.12
r'~
i
I
6.13
6.14
6.15
r
i
,
~.... .'
00700 - 15
General Conditions
Materials, products, and equipment designated for permanent installation in the work
shall be properly stored by the Contractor in a manner to ensure protection against
deterioration of any type. These items shall be so placed as to cause a minimum of
interference with the prosecution of the work and to the public. The method of storing
shall be so as to facilitate inspection.
Deterioration of any kind or to any degree shall be cause for rejection. Stored
materials, even though meeting the requirements of these Contract Documents before
being stored, shall be inspected prior to incorporation in the work and shall meet the
requirements of these Contract Documents at the time of incorporation in the work. If
material, products, or equipment stored by the Contractor and paid for under the
terms of these Contract Documents is damaged or otherwise becomes unsuitable
before its permanent incorporation into the work, the amounts paid the Contractor for
the damaged material shall be deducted from the next progress payment.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the condition of all materials, products, and
equipment, which he has furnished and shall replace at his own expense all such
material found to be defective or which has been damaged after delivery. This
includes the replacement of material which is found to be defective at any time prior to
expiration of the guarantee period.
It is agreed that any temporary power lines, roadways, or other facilities which the
Contractor furnishes, installs, maintains, and removes at the completion of the work
may be used by the Owner or any of his contractors at such reasonable time or times
as may be directed by the Engineer. Likewise it is provided that similar facilities of
other contracts will become available to the Contractor under similar conditions.
Adequate sanitary facilities shall be provided by the Contractor. All such sanitary
facilities shall conform to the requirements of the respective state and county
departments of public health.
6.16 The Contractor shall furnish office space for the Owner approved Contractor(s).
Space shall be at least 300 sf in area and shall be located convenient to the work area
and in a location acceptable to the Owner. Office shall be furnished with desks,
drafting table, applicable chairs, drawing rack, instrument storage, photocopying
machine, fax machine, telephone service for two lines, lights, heat, air conditioning,
windows, and one door with cylinder lock all in accordance with the requirements in
the Section entitled "Field Office" of these Specifications. Office space must be
provided before the Contractor's first partial payment estimate will be approved.
No separate payment shall be made for office space,
6.17 The Contractor shall furnish six (6) hard hats which shall be made available to
authorized representatives and agents of the Owner and any interested governmental
agency while visiting the job site.
10/02/08 G003-107\X000700
00700 -17
General Conditions
7.9
The field testing of materials shall be made by a competent laboratory or other person
paid for by the Owner, one time only. The Contractor shall submit samples of
materials for testing as required by the Engineer. The cost of all retests made
necessary by the failure of materials to 'conform to the requirements of these Contract
Documents shall be paid by the Contractor.
r---
I
7.10 The testing of equipment and products shall be performed as provided in the
Specifications and QA/QC Plan.
7.11 All materials and equipment used in the construction of the project shall be subject to
adequate inspection and testing in accordance with accepted standards. The
laboratory or inspection agency shall be approved by the Owner. The cost of all
inspection and testing of all materials and equipment for determination of source,
suitability, applicability, all certified mill tests, etc., shall be included in the contract
price for supplying the applicable materials and equipment as no separate payment
will be made for these services.
7.12 Materials of construction, particularly those upon which the strength and durability of
the structure may depend, shall be subject to inspection and testing to establish
conformance with Specifications, QA/QC Plan, and suitability for uses intended.
7.13 Where mill tests of materials are found by the Engineer to be acceptable, the
Contractor shall furnish certified copies of such mill tests. The cost of furnishing such
certified copies shall be borne by the Contractor, with no separate payment allowed.
7.14 Where shop equipment performance tests are specified, the Engineer shall be
permitted to witness such tests. In the absence of a witnessed test, certified copies of
shop tests shall be submitted to the Engineer.
7.15 No payment will be made to the Contractor for samples taken for tests such as
concrete cylinders, HDPE liner, soils samples, etc.
7.16 Should any disagreement or difference arise as to the estimate, quantities or
classifications or as to the meaning of the Drawings or Specifications, or any point
concerning the character, acceptability, and nature of the several kinds of work, any
materials and construction thereof, the decision of the Engineer shall be final and
conclusive and binding upon all parties to the Contact.
8. SUBSTITUTIONS
8.1 Whenever a material, product, article, or piece of equipment is specified or described
in these Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary product or the name
of a particular manufacturer or vendor and catalog number, it is understood and
agreed that the specific item is named for the purpose of establishing the type,
function, dimension, appearance, quality, durability, performance, or other salient
requirements and that other materials, products, articles, or pieces of equipment of
10/02/08 G003-107\X000700
I '
i
I
I
l
L
I
I
I
l ~
00700 - 19
General Conditions
of any patents involved in the work and in case of an award of damages the
Contractor shall pay such award.
10. SURVEYS. PERMITS. REGULATIONS
10.1
10.2
The OWNER shall furnish all boundary surveys and establish all base lines for
locating the principal component parts of the WORK together with a suitable number
of bench marks adjacent to the WORK as shown in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
From the information provided by the OWNER, unless otherwise. specified in the
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, the CONTRACTOR shall develop and make all detail
surveys needed for construction such as slope stakes, batter boards, stakes for pile
locations, and other working points, lines, elevations, and cut sheets.
(
t
Permits, licenses, and easements of a temporary nature necessary for the
prosecution of the WORK shall be secured and paid for by the CONTRACTOR.
Permits, licenses, and easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in
existing facilities shall be secured and. paid for by the OWNER unless otherwise
specified. The CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all laws,
ordinances, rules, and regulations bearing on the conduct of the WORK as drawn and
specified. If the CONTRACTOR observes that the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS are at
variance therewith, he shall promptly notify the ENGINEER in writing, and any
necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in Section 13, CHANGES IN THE
WORK.
11. PROTECTION OF WORK. PROPERTY, AND PERSONS
11.1
11.2
The CONTRACTOR will be responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all
safety precautions and programs in connection with the WORK. He will take all
necessary precautions for the safety of, and will provide the necessary protection to
prevent damage, injury, or loss to all employees on the WORK and other persons who
may be affected thereby, all the WORK and all materials or equipment to be
incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, and other property at the
site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways,
structures, and utilities not designed for removal, relocation, or replacement in the
course of construction.
The CONTRACTOR will comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules,
regulations, and orders of any public body having jurisdiction. He will erect and
maintain as required by the conditions and progress of the WORK, all necessary
safeguards for safety and protection. He will notify owners of adjacent utilities when
prosecution of the WORK may affect them. The CONTRACTOR will remedy all
damage, injury, or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in
part, by the CONTRACTOR, any SUBCONTRACTOR or anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them be liable.
10/02/08 G003-107\X000700
00700 - 21
General Conditions
Engineer. At the completion of the work, all such drains and drainage systems shall
be removed and the premises returned to a neat and clean condition.
r-'
i
!.
11 .8
Fire hydrants on or adjacent to the work shall be kept accessible to the firefighting
apparatus at all times, and no material or obstruction shall be placed within 10 feet of
any hydrant. Adjacent premises must be given access, as far as practicable, and
obstruction of sewer inlets, gutters, and ditches will not be permitted.
11 .9 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all
safety precautions and programs in connection with the work. The Contractor shall
take all necessary precautions for the safety of employees on the work and shall
comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state, and local safety laws and
building codes to prevent accidents or injury to persons on, about, or adjacent to the
premises where the work is being performed. The Contractor shall comply with the
Department of Labor's Safety and Health Regulations for construction promulgated
under the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (PL 91-596) and under Section
107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (PL 91-54). Copies of
these regulations may be obtained from the U. S. Government Printing Office, 275
Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30303.
11.10 The Contractor shall erect and properly maintain at all times, as required by the
conditions and progress of the work, all necessary safeguards, including sufficient
lights and danger signals on or near the work; he shall erect suitable railings,
barricades, covers, or other protective devices about unfinished work, open trenches,
holes, embankments, or other hazards and obstructions where hazards to workmen or
the public exist. The Contractor shall provide at all times all necessary watchmen on
the project for the safety of employees, delivery personnel, and the general public and
to diligently guard and protect all work and materials, including Owner-furnished
equipment. Construction equipment shall be suitably nightmarked and lighted as
necessary for safety considerations. No separate payment will be made for providing
lights on vehicles and equipment, signs, barricades, lights, flags, watchmen, and other
protective devices, and the costs thereof shall be included in the contract price( s).
11.11 The Contractor shall comply with all applicable provisions of the "Manual of Accident
Prevention in Construction" issued by the Associated General Contractors of America,
Inc., and shall maintain an accurate record of all cases of death and all cases of
occupational disease and injury requiring medical attention or causing loss of time
from work, arising out of and in the course of employment on the work under these
Contract Documents.
The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the safety, efficiency, and adequacy of
his plant, appliances, and methods and for any damage which may result from their
failure or their improper construction, maintenance, or operation.
11 .12 The Contractor shall conduct his operations in a manner that will offer the least
possible obstruction and inconvenience to the public, and he shall not have under
10/02/08 G003-107\XD00700
00700 - 23
General. Conditions
11.16 Whenever, in the opinion of the Owner, the Contractor has not taken sufficient
precaution for the safety of the public or the protection of the work to be constructed
under these Contract Documents or of adjacent structures or property, and whenever,
in the opinion of the Owner, an emergency has arisen and immediate action is
considered necessary, then the Owner, with or without notice to the Contractor, may
provide suitable protection by causing work to be done and material to be furnished
and placed. The cost of such work and material shall be borne by the Contractor, and
if the same is not paid on presentation of the bills thereof, such costs may be
deducted from any amounts due or to become due the Contractor. The performance
of such emergency work shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any
damage which may occur.
12. SUPERVISION BY CONTRACTOR
12.1 The CONTRACTOR will supervise and direct the WORK. He will be solely
responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of
construction. The CONTRACTOR'\,villemploy and maintain on the WORK a qualified
supervisor or superintendent who shall have been designated in
writing by the CONTRACTOR as the CONTRACTOR's representative at the site. The
supervisor shall have full authority to act on behalf of the
CONTRACTOR and all communications given to the supervisor shall be as binding as
if given to the CONTRACTOR. The supervisor shall be present on
the site at all times as required to perform adequate supervision and coordination of
the WORK.
12.2 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the work efficiently using the best
skill and attention and shall be solely responsible for the means, methods,
techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. The Contractor will
be responsible to see that the finished work complies accurately with the
Contract Documents.
12.3 The Engineer shall have the right to reject or demand replacement of such
superintendent at any time, with or without cause, solely at the Engineer's
discretion, based upon objective or subjective reasons, which reasons the
Engineer may, but is not required to, disclose to the Contractor.
13. CHANGES IN THE WORK
13.1 The OWNER may at any time, as the need arises, order changes within the
scope of the WORK without invalidating the Agreement. If such changes
increase or decrease the amount due under the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS,
or in the time required for performance of the WORK, an equitable adjustment
shall be authorized by CHANGE ORDER.
13.2 The ENGINEER, also, may at any time, by issuing a FIELD ORDER, make
changes in the details of the WORK. The CONTRACTOR shall proceed with
10/02/08 G003-107\XD00700
1--
r."..'
I
\
r
I
i
I
00700 - 25
General Conditions
13.8
All Change Orders, including a change in technical design or an increase in cost, must
be approved by the Owner, the Engineer, and those governmental agencies whose
approval is required.
13.9
Should the Contractor encounter, or the Owner discover, during the progress of the
Work, subsurface or latent conditions at the site materially differing from those shown
on the Drawings or indicated in the Specifications, or unknown conditions of an
unusual nature differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally
recognized as inherent in Work of the character provided for in the Drawings and
Specifications, the Owner shall immediately be notified in writing of such conditions
before they are disturbed. The Owner will thereupon promptly investigate the
conditions. If the Owner finds that conditions do so materially differ, or are of an
unusual nature, and upon written request of the Contractor, an equitable adjustment
will be authorized by Change Order.
13.10 If the Contractor does not immediately notify the Owner in writing of the belief that a field
v order, additional work by other contractors or the Owner, or subsurface, latent or unusual
unknown conditions entitles the Contractor to a Change Order, no consideration for time
or money will be given the Contractor.
13.11 The Owner may, with the Contractor's concurrence, elect to postpone the issuance of a
Change Order until such time that a single Change Order of substantial importance can
be issued incorporating several changes. In such cases, the Owner will indicate this
intent for each change in the Contract in a written response to the Contractor's request
for a change, following agreement by the Owner and Contractor on the change's scope,
price and time.
14. CHANGES IN CONTRACT PRICE
14.1 The CONTRACT PRICE may be changed only by a CHANGE ORDER. The value of
any WORK covered by a CHANGE ORDER or of any claim for increase or decrease
in the CONTRACT PRICE shall be determined by one or more of the following
methods in the order of precedence listed below:
(1) Method A
UNIT PRICES contained in the CONTRACTOR's Proposal for the same type
or class or WORK.
(2) Method B
By an acceptable UNIT PRICE proposal from the CONTRACTOR.
(3) Method C
By an acceptable LUMP SUM PRICE proposal from the CONTRACTOR.
10/02/08 G003-107\X000700
00700 - 27
General Conditions
the premiums therefore are based on payroll cost, on Public Liability and
Property Damage Insurance, Workmen's Compensation Insurance, and
Occupational Disease Disability Insurance, Builder's Risk, and other insurance
required by the CONTRACT.
(7) No repairs, replacements or other forms of overhead expense shall be
included in "ACTUAL FI ELD COSTS".
14.6
The ENGINEER may direct the form in which the accounts of the ACTUAL FIELD
COSTS shall be kept and may also specify in writing, before tlie WORK commences,
the method of doing the WORK and the type and kind of machinery and equipment, if
re<;:jUired, which shall be used in the performance of any CHANGED or EXTRA WORK
under Method "0". In the event that machinery and heavy construction equipment are
required for such CHANGED or EXTRA WORK, the authorization and basis of
payment for the use thereof shall be stipulated in the CHANGE ORDER.
r
I
I
14.7 The 15 percent of the "ACTUAL FIELD COST" to be paid to the CONTRACTOR shall
cover and be full compensation for the CONTRACTOR'S profits, overhead, general
superintendence, and field office expense, and all other elements of cost not
embraced within the "ACTUAL FIELD COST" as herein defined. In determining the
amount payable to the CONTRACTOR an additional 5 percent may be added to the
amount payable to a SUBCONTRACTOR, but no "pyramiding" or additional
percentage will be authorized for any WORK done by SUBCONTRACTORS.
14.8 When compensation for extra work is provided under paragraph 14.1 above, the
Contractor's representative and the Engineer shall compare records of extra work
done at the end of each day. Such records shall be made in duplicate upon a form
provided for such purpose by the Engineer and shall be signed by both
representatives referred to herein, one cqpy being submitted to the Engineer and the
other being retained by the Contractor.
15. TIME FOR COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
15.1 The date of beginning and the time for completion of the WORK are essential
conditions of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS and the WORK embraced shall be
commenced on a date specified in the NOTICE TO PROCEED.
15.2 The CONTRACTOR will proceed with the WORK at such a rate of progress to insure
full completion within the CONTRACT TIME. It is expressly understood and agreed,
by and between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER, that the CONTRACT TIME for
the completion of the WORK described herein is a reasonable time, taking into
consideration the average climatic and economic conditions and other factors
prevailing in the locality of the WORK.
15.3 If the CONTRACTOR shall fail to complete the WORK within the CONTRACT TIME,
or extension of time granted by the OWNER, then the CONTRACTOR will pay to the
OWNER the amount for liquidated damages as specified in the BID for each calendar
10102/08 G003-107\XD00700
r-
I
r ~ ,
I
l
i
L.
00700 - 29
General Conditions
15.8
Provided, however, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER through the
ENGINEER of the alleged cause of such delay as hereinbefore required. The
OWNER shall ascertain the facts and the extent of the delay with the assistance of the
ENGINEER.
15.9 The number of days used in determining the amount of liquidated damages to be paid
by the Contractor for delay in completing the work shall be determined by subtracting
the contract time and any time extensions thereof from the time actually required for
the completion of the work. The time actually required for the completion of the work is
defined as the total number of calendar days from the date of the Notice to Proceed to
the date of substantial completion.
15.10
This provision for liquidated damages shall be effective between the parties ipso facto
without necessity for demand or putting in default by any notice or other means than
by the terms of these Contract Documents, the Contractor hereby waiving any such
other notice of default and acknowledging that the Contractor shall be deemed to be
in default by the mere act of his failure to complete the work within the contract time,
or within any valid extension of such time hereunder.
15.11 It is understood and agreed that these liquidated damages are not a penalty, but
constitute liquidated damages for loss to the Owner because of increases in expenses
for administration, legal counsel, accounting, engineering and construction
supervision, and inspection and any other expenses incurred directly as a result of the ~
delay of the Contractor in completing the work.
16.
CORRECTION OF WORK
16.1 The CONTRACTOR shall promptly remove from the premises all WORK rejected by
the ENGINEER for failure to comply with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, whether
incorporated in the construction or not, and the CONTRACTOR shall promptly replace
and reexecute the WORK in accordance with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS and
without expense to the OWNER and shall bear the expense of making good all
WORK of other CONTRACTORS destroyed or damaged by such removal or
replacement.
16.2 All removal and replacement WORK shall be done at the CONTRACTOR's expense.
If the CONTRACTOR does not take action to remove such rejected WORK within ten
(10) days after receipt of WRITTEN NOTICE, the OWNER may remove such WORK
and store the materials at the expense of the CONTRACTOR.
16.3 If, in the opinion of the Engineer, it is undesirable to replace any defective or damaged
materials or to reconstruct or correct any portion of the work injured or not performed
in accordance with the Contract Documents, the compensation to be paid to the
Contractor hereunder shall be reduced by such amount as in the judgment of the
Engineer shall be equitable.
10/02/08 G003-107\XD00700
00700 - 31
General Conditions
OWNER due to the CONTRACTOR will not release the CONTRACTOR from
compliance with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
18.4 After ten (10) days from delivery of a WRITTEN NOTICE to the CONTRACTOR and
the ENGINEER, the OWNER may, without cause and without prejudice to any other
right or remedy, elect to abandon the PROJECT and terminate the CONTRACT. In
such case, the CONTRACTOR shall be paid for all WORK executed plus reasonable
profit.
18.5
If the performance of all or any portion of the WORK is suspended; delayed, or
interrupted as a result of a failure of the OWNER or ENGINEER to act within a
reasonable time, an adjustment in the CONTRACT PRICE or an extension of the
CONTRACT TIME, or both, shall be made by CHANGE ORDER to compensate the
CONTRACTOR for the costs and delays necessarily caused by the failure of the
OWNER or ENGINEER.
r
I
i
18.6 The Contractor shall not suspend the work and shall not remove any equipment, tools,
supplies, materials, or other items without the written permission of the Owner or
Engineer.
18.7 The Owner shall have the authority to suspend the work wholly or in part, for such
period as he may deem necessary, due to unsuitable weather; such other conditions
as are considered unfavorable for the suitable prosecution of the work; or due to the
failure on the part of the Contractor to carry out orders given, prosecute the work.
satisfactorily and in a workmanlike manner, or to perform any obligations or
requirements of these Contract Documents. The Contractor shall immediately comply
with the written order of the Owner to suspend the work wholly or in part. The
suspended work shall be resumed when conditions are favorable and methods are
corrected, as ordered or approved in writing by the Owner.
18.8 In the event that a suspension of the work is ordered by the Owner, the Contractor
shall at his expense db all the work necessary to secure the work and the area
affected by the work and to protect all previously completed work as specified herein
or as directed by the Owner. The suspension of the work by the Owner shall not
relieve the Contractor of any duties, obligations, or responsibilities set forth in these
Contract Documents. In the event the Contractor fails to secure and protect the work
and area as specified or as ordered, the Owner and/or Engineer will perform, or cause
to be performed, all work considered necessary by the Engineer and the cost thereof
will be deducted from moneys due or to become due the Contractor under the terms
of these Contract Documents.
18.9 During unfavorable weather, wet ground, or other unsuitable construction conditions,
the Contractor shall confine his operations to work which will not be affected adversely
thereby. No portion of the work shall be constructed under conditions which would
adversely affect the quality or efficiency thereof, unless special means or precautions
are taken by the Contractor to perform the work in a proper and satisfactory manner.
10/02/08 G003-107\X000700
r""'.
I
r-'
I
,-
I
i
00700 - 33
General Conditions
within thirty (30) days of completion and acceptance of the WORK.
19.6
The CONTRACTOR will indemnify and save the OWNER or the OWNER's agents
harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of SUBCONTRACTORS,
laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnishers of machinery and parts
thereof, equipment, tools, and all supplies, incurred in the furtherance of the
performance of the WORK. The CONTRACTOR shall, at the OWNER's request,
furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature designated above have
been paid, discharged, or waived. If the CONTRACTOR fails to do so the OWNER
may, after having notified the CONTRACTOR, either pay unpaid bills or withhold from
the CONTRACTOR's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably
sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished
that all liabilities have been fully discharged whereupon payment to the
CONTRACTOR shall be resumed, in accordance with the terms of the CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to
impose any obligations upon the OWNER to either the CONTRACTOR, his Surety, or
any third party. In paying any unpaid bills of the CONTRACTOR, any payment so
made by the OWNER shall be considered as a payment made under the CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER shall not be
liable to the CONTRACTOR for any such payments made in good faith.
19.7 No separate payment will be made for any items specified in the General Conditions.
Payments for such items shall be included in the unit price and lump sum prices bid
by the Contractor for items listed in the Bid Schedule.
19.8 Th~ Contractor shall accept compensation provided in these Contract Documents as
full payment for furnishing all labor, materials, supplies, tools, equipment, taxes, fees,
employee benefits, incidentals, service, transportation, risk, contingencies, and other
items necessary or convenient to the completed work and for performing all work
contemplated and embraced in these Contract Documents; for loss or damage arising
from the nature of the work, from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen
difficulties' which may be encountered during the. prosecution of the work until the
acceptance by the Owner; for all risks of every description connected with the
prosecution of the work; for all expenses incurred in consequence of the suspension
or discontinuance of the work as provided in these Contract Documents; and for
completing the work in accordance with these Contract Documents. Neither the
payment of any estimate nor of any retained percentage shall relieve the Contractor of
any obligation to make good any defective work or material or of any provisions of
these Contract Documents.
19.9 No compensation will be made in any case for loss of anticipated profits.
19.10 The basis of payment shall be the contract unit prices and/or contract lump sum
price(s) named in these Contract Documents.
10/02/08 G003-1 07\XD00700
I "
I
~ .
!
I
I ,
00700 - 35
General Conditions
together with a certification stating that the work is complete and in substantial
conformance with these Contract Documents. The entire balance found to be due the
Contractor, including retained percentages, but except such sums as may be retained
. under any provisions of these Contract Documents, will be paid to the Contractor.
19.18 Final payment to the Contractor by the Owner shall' not serve to release the
Contractor or his sureties from their obligations or responsibilities under or in
connection with these Contract Documents.
19.19
20.
20.1
The acceptance by the Contractor of final payment shall be and shall operate as a
release to the Owner of all claims and all liability to the Contractor other than claims in
stated amounts as may be specifically excepted by the Contractor for all things done
or furnished in connection with the work under these Contract Documents and for
every act and neglect of the Owner and others relating to or arising out of this work.
ACCEPTANCE OF FINAL PAYMENT AS RELEASE
The acceptance by the CONTRACTOR of final payment shall be and shall
operate as a release to the OWNER of all claims and all liability to the
CONTRACTOR other than claims in stated amounts as may be specifically
excepted by the CONTRACTOR for all things done or furnished in connection
with this WORK and for every act and neglect of the OWNER a~d others
relating to or arising out of this WORK. Any payment, however, \final or
otherwise, shall not release the CONTRACTOR or his sureties from any
obligations under the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS or the Performance BOND
and Payment BONDS.
21. INSURANCE
21.1 The CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such insurance as will
protect him from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from
the CONTRACTOR's execution of the WORK, whether such execution be by
himself or by any other SUBCONTRACTOR or by anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be
liable:
21.1.1
Claims under workman's compensation, disability benefit, and other
similar employee benefit acts;
21.1.2
Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or
disease, or death of his employees;
21.1.3
Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or
death of any person other than his employees;
10/02/08 G003-107\XD00700
!
I. '
Ii
:1
i
00700 - 37
General Conditions
occupational disease provIsIons for all of the latter's employees unless such
employees are covered by the protection afforded by the CONTRACTOR. In case any
class of employees engaged in hazardous work under this CONTRACT at the site of
the PROJECT is not protected under WORKMEN'S Compensation statute, the
CONTRACTOR shall provide, and shall cause each SUBCONTRACTOR to provide,
adequate and suitable insurance for the protection of his employees not otherwise
protected.
21.5
The CONTRACTOR shall secure, if applicable, "All Risk" type Builder's Risk
Insurance for WORK to be performed. Unless specifically authorized by the OWNER,
the amount of such insurance shall not be less than the CONTRACT PRICE totaled in
the BID. The policy shall cover not less than the losses due to fire, explosion, hail,
lightning, vandalism, malicious mischief, wind, collapse, riot, aircraft, and smoke
during the CONTRACT TIME, and until the WORK is accepted by the OWNER. The
policy shall name as the insured the CONTRACTOR, the ENGINEER, and the
OWNER.
21.6
Each insurance policy shall be renewed 30 days before the expiration date thereof.
21.7
Insurance policies must be carried by a recognized insurance company licensed to do
business in the state in which the project is constructed and approved by the Owner's
Attorney.
21.8 The Contractor's and his subcontractor's public liability and property damage
insurance shall provide protection in the amounts specified in Paragraph
21.3.1 of the General Conditions against the following special hazards:
1. Damage by blasting;
2. Damage to existing structures;
3. Damage to private driveways, walks, shrubbery, plantings, etc.;
4. Damage to public utilities, electric, water, telephone, gas, sewerage, etc.;
5. Damage to US government markers.
The insurance certificates themselves must contain the naming of the aforestated
special hazards.
21.9 The Contractor shall not commence work under this Contract until he has obtained all
of the insurance required and such insurance has been approved by the Owner, nor
shall the Contractor allow any subcontractor to commence work on his subcontract
until the insurance required of the subcontractor has been so obtained and approved.
21.10 I n the event any insurance coverage should be canceled or allowed to lapse, the
Contractor will not be permitted to work until adequate and satisfactory insurance is in
effect. Failure to keep insurance policies in effect WILL NOT be cause for any claims
for extension of time under this Contract.
10/02/08 G003-107\XD00700
00700 - 39
General Conditions
24. INDEMNIFICATION
24.1
r -.
24.2
i .
I
'i i
, .
i
,
I
24.3
f .')
j \
I .
I
1 .
The CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless the OWNER and the
ENGINEER and their agents and employees from and against all claims, damages,
losses, and expenses, including, but not limited to attorney's fees, arising out of or
resulting from the performance of the WORK, provided that any such claims, damage,
loss, or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury
to or destruction of tangible property, (other than the work itself) including the loss of
use resulting therefrom but only to the extent caused in whole or in part by any
negligent acts, willful act, or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, a SUBCONTRACTOR,
anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of
them may be liable.
In any and all claims against the OWNER or the ENGINEER, or any of their agents or
employees, by any employees of the CONTRACTOR, any SUBCONTRACTOR,
anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any
of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation shall not be limited in any way by
any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable
by or for the CONTRACTOR or any SUBCONTRACTOR under workmen's
compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts.
It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall be deemed and considered an
independent contractor in respect to the work covered by these Contract Documents.
and shall assume all risks and responsibility for casualties of every description in
connection with the work, except that he shall not be held liable or responsible for
delays or damage to work caused by acts of God, acts of public enemy, quarantine
restrictions, general strikes throughout the trade, or freight embargoes not caused or
participated in by the Contractor. The Contractor shall have charge and control of the
entire work until completion and final acceptance of the work by the Owner.
24.4 The Contractor shall require his insurance carrier to add the Owner, the Engineer and
their agents as additional insured under the Contractor's general liability insurance
policy with respect to the services performed by the contractor for the Owner.
25. SEPARATE CONTRACTS
25.1 The OWNER reserves the right to let other COt\!TRACTS in connection with this
PROJECT. The CONTRACTOR shall afford other CONTRACTORS reasonable
opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and the execution of
their WORK, arid shall properly connect and coordinate his WORK with theirs. If the
proper execution or results of any part of the CONTRACTOR'S WORK depends upon
the WORK of any other CONTRACTOR, the CONTRACTOR shall inspect and
promptly report to the ENGINEER any defects in such WORK that render it unsuitable
for such proper execution and results.
10/02/08 G003-107\X000700
,,":,\
I
1
I
26.10
26.11
(,
i
1
26.12
27.
27.1
,
i'
I '
27.2
i
I
I
\.
27.3
00700 - 41
General Conditions
agreed that all subcontracts and approvals of subcontractors shall be based
upon the requisite of performance by the subcontractor in accordance with
these Contract Documents; and should any subcontractor fail to perform his
I
work to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the Owner shall have the absolute
right to rescind his approval at once and to require the performance of such
work by the Contractor or entirely or in part through other approved
subcontractors.
The Contractor shall submit a list of the names and addresses of proposed
subcontractors, together with the type of work to be provided, with his bid. The
Contractor will not be allowed to make changes in the list without the Owner's
I
approval. I
The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts
relative to the work to bind subcontractors to the Contractor by the terms of these
Contract Documents insofar as applicable to the work of subcontractors and to give
. I . .
the Contractor the same power as regards terminating any subcontract that the
Owner may exercise over the Contractor under any provision of these Contract
Documents.
I
The Contractor shall inspect all work performed by subcontractors for compliance with
these Contract Documents.
ENGINEER'S AUTHORITY
I
The ENGINEER shall act as the OWNER,'s representative during the.
construction period. He shall decide questions which may arise as to quality
and acceptability of materials furnished and I WORK performed. He shall
interpret the intent of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS in a fair and unbiased
manner. The ENGINEER may make visits to the site and determine if the
WORK is proceeding in accordance with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
The CONTRACTOR shall perform all of the WORK h:erein specified under the general
direction, and to the entire satisfaction, approval, and acceptance of the Engineer.
The Engineer shall decide all questions relating to ,measurements of quantities, the
character of the WORK performed and as to whether the rate of progress is such that
the WORK will be completed within the time limit of:the Contract. All questions as to
the meaning of these Specifications will be decided by the Engineer.
I
I
The approval of the Engineer of any materials, plants, equipment, Drawings, or of any
other items executed, or proposed by the Contractor: shall be construed only to
constitute an approval of general design. Such; approval shall not relieve the
Contractor from the performance of the WORK i~ accordance with the Contract
Documents, or from any duty, obligations, performance guarantee, or other liability
imposed upon him by the provisions of the Contract.
I
I
10/02/08 G003-107\XD00700
I
I
i.
'~
i
: I
I
!
I:
i
i
00700 - 43
General Conditions
rights-of-way necessary for carrying out and for the completion of the WORK to be
performed pursuant to the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, unless otherwise mutually
agreed.
28.2 The OWNER shall provide to the CONTRACTOR information which delineates and
describes the lands owned and rights-of-way acquired.
28.3 The CONTRACTOR shall provide at his own expense and without liability to the
OWNER any additional land and access thereto that the CONTRACTOR may desire
for temporary construction facilities, or for storage of materials.
28.4
In the event all land and rights-of-way have been obtained as herein contemplated
before construction begins, the Contractor shall begin the work upon such land and
rights-of-way as the owner may have previously acquired, and no claim for damages
whatsoever will be allowed by reason of the delay in obtaining the remaining land and
rights-of-way. Should the Owner be prevented or. enjoined from proceeding with the
work, or from authorizing its prosecution, either before or after the commencement, by
reason of any litigation, or by reason of its inability to procure any lands or rights-of-
way for the work, the Contractor shall not be entitled to make or assert claim for
damage by reason of said delay, or to withdraw from the Contract except by consent
of the Owner; but time for completion of the work will be extended to such time as the
Owner determines will compensate for the time lost by such delay, such determination
to be set forth in writing.
29. WARRANTY
29.1
The CONTRACTOR shall warrant all materials and equipment furnished and WORK
performed for a period of one (1) year from the date of FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY
OWNER. The CONTRACTOR warrants for a period of one (1) year the completed
system is free from all defects due to faulty materials or workmanship and the
CONTRACTOR shall promptly make such corrections as may be necessary by
reason of such defects including the repairs of any damage to other parts of the
system resulting frorn such defects. The OWNER will give notice of observed defects
with reasonable promptness. In the event that the CONTRACTOR should fail to make
such repairs, adjustments, or other WORK that may be made necessary by such
defects, the owner may do so and charge the CONTRACTOR the cost thereby
incurred. The PERFORMANCE BOND shall remain in full force and effect through the
warranty period.
30. TAXES. PERMITS AND LICENSES
30.1 The CONTRACTOR will pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes
required by the law of the place where the WORK is performed.
30.2 The Contractor shall pay all applicable taxes levied by federal, state, and local
governments and obtain all permits on any part of the work as required by law in
10/02/08 G003-107\XD00700
00700 - 45
General Conditions
I
I
I
34.
USE OF PREMISES AND REMOVAL OF DEBRIS
34.1 The Contractor expressly undertakes at his own expense:
(a) To take every precaution against injuries to persons or damage to
property;
(
I
I
I
I
(b)
To store his apparatus, materials, supplies, and equipment in such
orderly fashion at the site of the work as will not unduly interfere with the
progress of his work or the work of any other contractors;
,.
j
i
(c)
To place upon the work or any part thereof only such loads as are
consistent with the safety of that portion of the work;
(d) To clean up frequently all refuse, rubbish, scrap materials, and debris
caused by this operation, to the end that at all times the site of the work
shall present a neat, orderly, and workmanlike appearance; ..
(e) Before final payment, to remove all surplus material, false work,
temporary structures, including foundations thereof, plant of any
description, and debris of every nature resulting from his operations, and
to put the site in a neat, orderly condition;
(f) To effect all cutting, fitting, or patching of his work required to make the
,same conform to the Drawings and Specifications and, except with the
consent of the Engineer, not to cut or otherwise alter the work of any
other contractor.
35. ESTIMATE OF QUANTITIES
35.1 When the Bid Proposal Form contains the provision for receiving bids based on unit
prices for various items comprising the complete work, the quantities indicated are
approximate only, being given as a basis for comparison of bids. The Owner does not,
expressly or by implication, agree that the actual quantity of the items will correspond
with the estimated quantity shown in the Bid Proposal Form, and reserves the right to
increase or decrease the amount of any item or portion of the work, or to omit portions
of the work, as may be deemed necessary or advisable by the Engineer.
35.2 When the Bid Proposal Form contains the provision for receiving bids based on a
lump sum price, the Contractor shall be held responsible for having prepared his own
estimate of the quantities necessary for the satisfactory completion of the work
specified in these Contract Documents and for having based the lump sum price bid
on his estimate of quantities.
35.3 It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall be held responsible for the
inclusion of the cost of all incidental items of work necessary or convenient for the
10/02/08 G003-107\XD00700
00700 - 47
General Conditions
each payment to the Contractor, the respective amounts allowed the Contractor on
account of the work performed by his subcontractors to the extent of each
subcontractor's interest therein.
38. WAIVER
38.1 It is expressly understood and agreed that any waiver granted by the Engineer or the
Owner of any term, provision, or covenant of this Contract shall not constitute a
precedent nor breach of the same or any other terms, provisions, or covenants of this
Contract.
38.2 Neither the acceptance of the work by the Owner nor the payment of all or any part of
the sum due the Contractor hereunder shall constitute a waiver by the Owner of any
claim which the Owner may have against the Contractor or surety under this Contract
or otherwise.
39. CHEMICALS
39.1 All chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project operation,
whether herbicide, pesticide, disinfectant, polymer, reactant, or of other classification,
must show approval of either EPA or USDA. Use of all chemicals and disposal of
residues shall strictly conform with the manufacturer's instructions.
40. CONNECTING OF EXISTING WORK
40.1 The Contractor shall remove such existing masonry and piping as is necessary in
order to make the proper connections to these structures at the locations shown. Also,
he shall make the necessary pipeline, roadway, and other connections at several
points in order that on completion of the Contract, all required flows may flow through
the several pipelines and structures. No extra payment shall be made for this work,
but the entire cost of the same shall be included in the price bid for the various items
of the work to be done under this Contract.
41. PROGRAM AND METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION
41.1 The order or sequence of execution of the work, the methods of construction, the
general conduct of the work, and the general arrangements of the construction plant
to be installed shall at all times be subject to the approval and direction of the
Engineer. If at any time before the commencement or during the progress of the work,
or any part of it, such methods, features, and appliances used or to be used appear to
the Engineer as unsafe, insufficient, or improper, he may order the Contractor to
increase their safety or efficiency or to improve their character, and the Contractor
shall conform to such orders, but the failure of the Engineer to demand any increase
of such safety, efficiency, adequacy, or any improvement shall not release the
Contractor from his obligation to secure the safe conduct and quality of the work
specified.
1 0/02/08 G003-107\XD00700
r-u.
I
00700 - 49
General Conditions
45. USE OF STREETS
45.1 During the progress of the work, the Contractor shall make ample provision for both
vehicular and foot traffic on any public road and shall indemnify and save harmless
the Owner from any expense whatsoever due to his operations over said roadways.
The Contractor shall also provide free access to all fire hydrants and water and gas
valves located along the line of his work. Gutters and waterways must be kept open or
other provisions made for the removal of storm water. Street intersections may be
blocked only one half at a time, and the Contractor shall lay and maintain temporary
driveways, bridges, and crossings such as in the opinion of the Engineer are
necessary to reasonably accommodate the public and to provide access to needed
private driveways. In the event of the Contractor's failure to comply with these
provisions, the Owner may cause the same to be done and will deduct the cost of
such work from any money due or to become due the Contractor under this Contract,
but the performance of such work by the Owner or at its. insistence shall serve in
nowise to release the Contractor from his general or particular liability for the safety of
the public or the work.
45.2 Required line crossings of all streets and roads shall be done in accordance with the
applicable state Department of Transportation procedures.
45.3 The Contractor will be permitted to close a street when necessary for the proper
prosecution of the work. The Contractor shall keep the Police and Fire Departments
continuously informed as to his intentions to close streets and give the Police
Department sufficient notice in order that "No Parking" signs may be placed at the
proper time to clear the street for construction.
45.4 The Contractor shall maintain proper barricades and flagmen to detour traffic.
45.5 At all times, the Contractor is responsible for damage to City and County streets as a
result of their use in this project. The streets must be kept clear of all dirt, stone, or
other debris. All debris, dirt, etc., whether cause by rains storms, spillage from trucks
or otherWise, shall be kept out of sewers. The Contractor is responsible for and may
not plead ignorance of City and County ordinances and amendments hereto that may
affect the us~ of streets sewers.
46. ACCESS BY REPRESENTATIVES OF GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES
46.1 The authorized representatives and agents of all governmental agencies involved in
this project shall have access to the work at all times and shall be permitted to inspect
all work, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, invoices of materials, and other
relevant data and records. The Contractor shall provide proper facilities for the access
and inspection of the work by such persons.
10/02/08 G003-107\XD00700
00700 - 51
General Conditions
52.3 Utility facilities, such as water mains, gas mains, storm sewers, sanitary sewers,
telephone lines, power lines, and buried facilities and structures in the vicinity of ,the
. work are indicated on the drawings only to the extent such information has been made
available to or discovered by the Engineer during the course of preparing the
Drawings. The actual locations of the utility facilities may vary from the locations
shown and there may be utility facilities existing that are not indicated on the
Drawings. It is understood and agreed that there is no guarantee as to the accuracy or
completeness of the utility information indicated on the Drawings and all responsibility
for the accuracy or completeness thereof is expressly disclaimed. Generally, service
connections are not indicated on the Drawings.
52.4
r"
I
1
(
52.5
I .
I I
!
The Contractor shall be solely responsible for locating all existing underground
facilities, including service connections, in advance of excavating, trenching, or other
work, by contacting the owners of the facilities or prospecting. The Contractor shall
use his own information and shall not rely upon any information shown on the
Drawings concerning utility facilities.
In the event of accidental damage to or disruption of utilities by the Contractor or any
of his subcontractors or agents, the Contractor shall immediately take all necessary
steps to replace any pieces of damaged equipment and all damaged materials, make
all necessary repairs, and restore all services to normal. The Contractor shall engage
any and all required additional labor, individuals, subcontractors, or other outside
services which may be deemed necessary to operate on a continuous "around-the-
clock" basis until services are restored. He shall also provide and install all required
equipment and materials to maintain temporary emergency services for uninterrupted
use of facilities. All costs involved in making the repairs and restoring the disrupted
service to normal shall be borne by the Contractor responsible for any and all damage
claims resulting from such disruption.
52.6 Under no circumstances shall the Contractor or any of his subcontractor or agents
disrupt or disconnect any type of facility whatsoever without first obtaining the written
permission of the utility owner t.o do so. Request for disruption or disconnection shall
state:
1. The location of the required disconnect and which utility is concerned.
2. The exact date and time at which the disconnect will be required.
3. The duration of the proposed disconnect or interruption.
52.7 Where it is necessary to temporarily interrupt services, the Contractor shall notify the
utility owner, both before the interruption and again immediately before service is
resumed. Before disconnecting any pipes or cables, the Contractor shall obtain
permission from the owners thereof, or shall make suitable arrangements for their
disconnection by the owners. Where it is necessary to temporarily interrupt house
services, the Contractor shall notify the house owner or occupant, both before the
interruption and agai~ immediately before service is resumed. Should underground
10/02/08 G003-107\XD00700
00700 - 53
General Conditions
1- ,
I
I
, .
B. Construction shall be stopped immediately in the area in question and will be
diverted to other areas so as to provide for minimal delays in construction.
C.
If the site is determined to be significant, the Engineer and Contractor shall
cooperate with the archaeologist(s) so that salvage archaeology may be
arranged and carried out expediently. The Contractor shall not be held
responsible for unreasonable delays associated with salvage archaeology
operations.
r
END OF SECTION
1"
I
10/02/08 G003-107\X000700
Section 00800
Supplemental General Conditions
O. GENERAL
0.1 SUPPLEMENTS: The supplements contained in these Supplemental General Conditions
modify, change, delete from, or add to the General Conditions of these contract
Documents. Where any article of the General Conditions is modified or any paragraph,
subparagraph, or clause thereof is modified or any paragraph, subparagraph, or clause
thereof is modified by these supplements, the unaltered provisions of that article,
r paragraph, subparagraph, or clause shall remain in effect.
1.0 INSURANCE (Refers to Article 21, General Conditions)
Contractor shall submit to the Engineer and Owner the following:
1.1 A Certificate of Insurance certifying that the contractor's insurance includes
coverage for the following:
(
a. The Contractor shall be responsible from the time of signing the contract, or
from the time of the beginning of the first work, whichever shall be earlier, for
all injury or damage of any kind resulting from this work, to person or property.
The Contractor shall exonerate, indemnify and save harmless the OWNER
and the Engineer from and against all claims or actions, and all expenses
incidental to the defense arising out of damage or injury (including death) to
persons or property caused by or sustained in connection with the perfor-.
mance of this contract or by conditions created thereby or arising out of or in
any way connected with work performed under this contract and shall assume
and pay for, without cost to the OWNER or the Engineer, the defense of any
and all claims, litigation and actions suffered through any act or omission of
the Contractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed under the supervision
of any of them.
1.2 A Certificate of Insurance showing coverage by insurance carriers licensed and
doing business in Georgia and acceptable to the OWNER for the following:
a. Statutory Workmen's Compensation Insurance.
b. Comprehensive Liability Insurance covering all operations and automobiles (i)
with limits of $1,000,000 per occurrence $3,000,000 General Aggregate Bodily
Injury inclusive of protection against bodily injury due to excavation, shoring,
underpinning and blasting, to the extent to which such risks are present, and
(ii) with limit of $1,000,000 per occurrence Property Damage, inclusive of
protection against damage due to excavation, shoring, underpinning and
blasting, to the extent to which such risks are present.
c. Protective coverage for any subcontractor's operations.
7/25/08 G003-107\XD00800
00800 - 3
Supplemental General Conditions
Insurance, and the participant in the State of Georgia Insurance and Solvency
Pool, and meet the following additional criteria:
r
i
\
(1) A company with a rating in the A.M. Best Companies' most recent
publishing rating of "A++ or A+: Class IV or Larger".
(2) A company with a rating in A.M. Best Companies' most recent
publishing rating of "A: Class V or Larger".
(3) A company with a rating in A.M. Best Companies' most recent
publishing rating of "A_: Class X or Larger".
(4) A company which can furnish an assumption certificate or cut through
clause in a statement of coverage under which payment is guaranteed
100% to third-party claimants by a reinsurer with a rating in A.M. Best
Companies' most recent published rating of "A or A+: Class V or
Larger".
(5) In lieu of the A.M. Best Company Rating, insurers rated MA, AA+, AA,
AA- by Standard & Poors Insurance Rating Services will also be
acceptable.
If surety does not meet any of the above qualifying criteria, the OWNER, in its
sole discretion, shall evaluate any such surety, upon receiving from the.
company the following information, plus any other information it deems
relevant:
(1) Copy of a certified financial audit for the insurer's most recent fiscal
year, performed by a nationally or regionally recognized accounting
firm, giving the company a clean opinion.
I
1 I
i
(2) Copy of a report for the -insurer's most recent fiscal year from an
independent, certified actuary verifying recommended and approved
loss reserves, premium structures (not less than 85% approved by the
Georgia Department of Insurance for insurance writing bid bonds,
payment bonds and performance bonds within Georgia), and
appropriate funding.
(3) Proof of excess insurance and reinsurance from a carrier with a rating in
A.M. Best Companies' most recent rating of "A+ or A: Class V or
Larger" in an amount sufficient to cover the bid, payment or
performance bond required by the OWNER.
(4) Proof that the company has been admitted in Georgia.
7/25/08 G003-107\X000800
[H
I
i
1
!
r j
I
I
r
!
00800 - 5
Supplemental General Conditions
parts, work in progress, completed work, supplies, and other material
produced as a part of, or acquired in connection with the performance of the
work terminated by the Notice of Termination, and (ii) the completed or
partially completed plans, drawings, information, and other property which, if
the contract had been completed, would have been required to be furnished to
the OWNER;
g. Use his best efforts to sell, in the manner, at the times, to the extent, and at
the price or prices that the OWNER directs or authorizes, and property of the
types referred to in Article 2.3.f., but the Contractor (i) shall not be required to
extend credit to any purchaser, and (ii) may acquire any such property under
the conditions prescribed and at a price or prices approved by the OWNER.
The proceeds of any such transfer or disposition shall be applied in reduction
of any payments to be made by the OWNER to the Contractor under this
contract or shall otherwise be credited to the price or cost of the work covered
by this contract or paid in such other manner as the OWNER may direct;
h. Complete performance of such part of the work as shall not have been
terminated by the Notice of Termination; and,
Take such action as may be necessary, or as the OWNER may direct, for the
protection and preservation of the property related to this contract which is in
the possession of the Contractor and in which the OWNER has or may
acquire an interest;
2.4 After receipt of a Notice of Termination, the Contractor shall submit to the OWNER
his termination claim in the form and with the certification the OWNER prescribes.
Such claims shall be submitted promptly but in no event later than ninety (90) days
from the effective date of termination, unless one or more extensions in writing are
granted by the OWNER upon request of the Contractor made in writing within such
ninety-day (90) period or authorized extension. However, if the OWNER determines
that the facts justify such action, it may receive and act upon any such termination
claim at any time after such ninety-day (90) period or extension. If the Contractor
fails to submit his termination claim within the time allowed, the OWNER may
determine, on the basis of information available to it, the amount, if any, due to the
Contractor because of the termination. The OWNER shall then pay to the Contractor
the amount so determined and the Contractor shall have no further claim against the
OWNER;
2.5 Subject to the provisions of Article 2.4, the Contractor and the OWNER may agree
upon the whole or any part of the amount or amount to be paid to the Contractor
because of the total or partial termination of work under Article 2.4. The amount or
amounts may include a reasonable allowance for profit on work done. However,
such agreed amount or amounts, exclusive of settlement costs, shall not exceed the
total contract sum as reduced by the amount of payments otherwise made and as
further reduced by the contract price of work not terminated. The contract shall be
7/25/08 G003-107\XD00800
2.8
r
I
f
I
!
r
{ 2.9
\"
i
I
t,)
!
i
I
2.10
! ,
j
I
,
00800 - 7
Supplemental General Conditions
2.7 The Contractor shall have the right to make claim from any determination the
OWNER makes under Articles 2.4 or 2.6. But if the Contractor has failed to submit
his claim within the time provided in Article 2.4 and has failed to request extension
of such time, he shall have no such right of appeal In any case where the OWNER
has determined the amount due under Articles 2.4 or 2.6, the OWNER shall pay to
the Contractor the following: (1) the amount so determined by the OWNER or (2) if
an adverse proceeding is initiated, the amount finally determined in such
proceeding;
In arriving at the amount due the Contractor under Article 2.6, there shall be
deducted (1) all unliquidated advance or other payments on account theretofore
made to the Contractor, applicable to the termination portion of this contract, (2) any
claim which the OWNER may have against the Contractor in connection with this
contract, and (3) the agreed price for, or the proceeds of sale of, any materials,
supplies, or other things kept by the Contractor or sold under the provisions of
Article 2.6 and not otherwise recovered by or credited to the OWNER;
If the termination hereunder be partial, before the settlement of the termination
portion of this contract, the Contractor may file with the OWNER a request in writing
for an equitable adjustment of the price or prices specified in the contract related to
the continued portion of the contract (the portion not terminated by the Notice of
Termination). Such equitable adjustment as may be agreed upon shall be made in
the price or prices. Nothing contained herein shall limit the right of the OWNER and
the Contractor to agree upon the amount or amounts to be paid to the Contractor for
the completion of the continued portion of the contract when the contract does not
contain an established contract price for the continued portion.
Upon written notice from the OWNER, the Contractor agrees to cure any structural
defect caused by the Contractor in the project or remedy any departure from the
plans and specifications not approved by change order within twenty (20) days of
receipt of such notice unless extended by OWNER in writing.
2.11 Upon written notice from the OWNER, the Contractor agrees to bond-off under the
provisions of applicable law any lien or claim of lien filed of record against the
project by any of the Contractor's laborers, materialmen, subcontractors, suppliers,
or others performing work or furnishing labor or material under the contract, and any
said lien or claim of lien shall be bonded off within thirty (30) days of notice to the
Contractor from the OWNER.
3.0 DISPUTES (Refers to Article 31 of General Conditions)
3.1 Any claims, interpretations, or litigation arising in regard to this contract or in regard
to the performance on the work contemplated under the terms of this contract shall
be heard and determined by the presiding Judge of the Superior Court of Richmond
County. The Contractor and the Surety do hereby specifically consent, submit and
agree to said court having jurisdiction over the Contractor, the Surety, and the terms
7/25/08 G003-107\XD00800
00800 - 9
Supplemental General Conditions
I-~
i
I
I
r
I
I
4.4 The Contractor agrees that said work shall be prosecuted regularly, diligently, and
uninterruptedly at such rate of progress as will insure full completion thereof within
the time called for in the Contract Documents. It is expressly understood and agreed
that the Contractor has considered all contingencies and factors affecting his ability
to perform all the work within this time, including among others, delays caused by
bad weather (as detailed in 4.5 below) and other possible delays, and after
consideration of these factors, he had made an allowance for such factors before
agreeing to completion date specified in the Contract Documents, and does further
agree that all things considered, such completion date is a reasonable time for
completion of all Work to be performed hereunder, without the need for any
extension of time.
r-
i
I
\
4.5 Completion time will not be extended for normal bad weather. The time for
completion as stated in the Contract Documents includes due allowance for
calendar days on which work cannot be performed out-of-doors. For the purpose of
this Contract, the .Contractor agrees that he may expect to lose a TOTAL number of
calendar days between the "start-of-work date" and functional completion date due
to weather in accordance with the following table which is the average from three
local area weather stations over the same period of time. This is the same source of
data used to determine normal weather losses.
Jan 10 days
Feb 9 days
Mar 9 days
April 8 days
May 10 days
June 8 days
July 11 days
Aug 9 days
Sept 7days
Oct 6days
Nov 7days
Dec 8days
Also, the Contractor agrees that a "day lost to weather" for the period covered by
this contract is defined as a calendar day in which either:
A. Precipitation exceeded 0.10 inch
OR
B. the average temperature failed to exceed 40 degrees F., unless the
maximum temperature exceeded 50 degrees F.
If the total accumulated (not on an individual month-by-month basis) number of
calendar days (pro-rated for the "start-of-work date" month and/or the functional
completion date per the table above as may be applicable to reflect the actual
dates of these occurrences) lost to weather from the "start-of-work date" to the
functional completion date exceeds the TOTAL accumulated number to be
expected for the same period from the table above, time for completion will be
extended by the number of calendar days needed to include the excess number
of calendar days lost.
No reduction in Contract Time shall be imposed if the total days actually lost to
weather are less than the TOTAL to have been expected for that same period.
7/25/08 G003-107\X000800
r
I
(
Section 01010
Summary of Work
\
Part 1 General
1.01 Description
r
\
r
l
A. The project consists of the following: furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and
incidentals and performing all work required for the construction of approximately
1,727,500 cubic yards of cut material and 86,500 cubic yards of structural fill; placement
of a 24-inch thick liner base with permeability not to exceed 1 x 10-7 cm/sec, placement of a
24-inch thick leachate collection layer with a permeability no less than 1 x 10-2 em/see, and
a 60 mil textured HOPE geomembrane liner over approximately 27 acres; installation and
maintenance of erosion control devices; installation of leachate collection piping; installation
of leachate pump and forcemain; installation of storm drain structures; construction of 440
feet of concrete lined ditch; roadway paving; construction of perimeter ditches; installation
of 17 vertical gas extraction wells, associated HOPE header and laterals, and three
. condensate sumps; replacement of three existing corrugated metal stand pipes with
reinforced concrete risers located in existing sediment basins A, B, and C.
r
r
I
I
['
I
L
r
L
B. All work described above shall be performed as shown on the Drawings and as
specified.
r
L
1 .02 Project Location
r
\
L
The equipment and materials to be furnished will be installed at the locations shown on
the Drawings.
1.03 Quantities
t
i
i
,..
The Owner reserves the right to alter the quantities of work to be performed or to
extend or shorten the improvements at any time when and as found necessary, and the
Contractor shall perform the work as altered, increased or decreased. Payment for
such increased or decreased quantity will be made in accordance with the Instructions
to Bidders. No allowance will be made for any change in anticipated profits nor shall
such changes be considered as waiving or invalidating any conditions or provisions of
the Contract and Bond.
I
I
1
1.04
Partial Owner Occupancy
r
(
L
(
I
1
L
The existing facilities to which these improvements are being made will continue
operation during the period of construction.
END OF SECTION
8/19/08 G003-1 07\X00 1010
r
I
I-
I
\
[-
r
l
[
r
\
(
I
I
\
I
f
!
l
i
!
I.,^
Section 01016
Occupancy
Part 1 General
1.01 Partial Occupancy by Owner
Whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, any section or portion of the Work or any
structure is in suitable condition, it may be put into use upon the written order of the
Engineer, and such usage shall not be held to be in any way an acceptance of said
Work or structure, or any part thereof, or as a waiver of any of the provisions of these
Specifications and the Contract. Pending final completion and acceptance of the
Work, all necessary repairs and removals, due to defective materials or workmanship
or to operations of the Contractor, of any section of the Work so put into use shall be
performed by the Contractor at his own expense.
END OF SECTION
7/25/08 G003-1 07\XDO 1016
Section 01 025
Measurement and Payment
(- ,
Part i General
1.01 Scope
r-
\
A. The Bid lists each item of the Project for which payment will be made. No payment
will be made for any items other than those listed in the Bid.
r
\
B. Required items of work and incidentals necessary for the satisfactory completion of
the work which are not specifically listed in the Bid, and which are not specified in
this Section to be measured or to be included in one of the items listed in the Bid,
shall be considered as incidental to the work. All costs thereof, including
Contractor's overhead costs and profit, shall be considered as included in the lump
sum or unit prices bid for the various Bid items. The Contractor shall prepare the
Bid accordingly.
f -
r-
1.
I
t
l
C. Work includes furnishing all plant, labor, equipment, tools and materials, which are
not furnished by the Owner and performing all operations required to complete the
work satisfactorily, in place, as specified and as indicated on the Drawings.
(
l
1.02 Descriptions
f-
(
A. Measurement of an item of work will be by the unit indicated in the Bid.
B. Final payment quantities shall be determined from the record drawings. The record
drawing lengths, dimensions, quantities, etc. shall be determined by a survey after
the completion of all required work. Said survey shall conform to Section 01055
and 01720 of these Specifications. The precision of final payment quantities shall
match the precision shown for that item in the Bid.
C.
{
\
D.
I
1
I
\---
E.
Payment will include all necessary and incidental related work not specified to be
included in any other item of work listed in the Bid.
Unless otherwise stated in individual sections of the Specifications or in the Bid, no
separate payment will be made for any item of work, materials, parts, equipment,
supplies or related items required to perform and complete the work. The costs for
all such items required shall be included in the price bid for item of which it is a
part.
Payment will be made by extending unit prices multiplied by quantities provided
and then summing the extended prices to reflect actual work. Such price and
payment shall constitute full compensation to the Contractor for furnishing all plant,
labor, equipment, tools and materials not furnished by the Owner and for
performing all operations required to provide to the Owner the entire Project,
complete in place, as specified and as indicated on the Drawings.
12/16/08 G003-1 07\XDO 1025
,
i
'.
r
I
i
r-
I
r
1
t.
r-
1
L
(
I'
\
01025-3
Measurement and Payment
I. Erosion Control Matting: All costs for erosion control matting, including installation,
maintenance, and repair, shall be included in the unit price bid for Erosion Control
Matting,
J. NPDES Monitoring and Reporting: All costs associated with NPDES monitoring and
reporting in accordance with Georgia EPD requirements and these Contract
documents shall be included in the lump sum price bid for this item. This includes,
but is not limited to, preparation and submission of all inspections, record keeping,
sampling and reporting as required under the permit. NOI and NOT shall be the
responsibility of the Owner.
1.05 Site Preparation
A. Payment for clearing and grubbing of the Project site shall be made at the lump
sum price bid. No payment shall be made if proper erosion control devices are not
constructed and maintained. Partial payment will be made based on the estimated
percentage of the amount of clearing and grubbing which is complete. No
additional payment will be made for disposal of clearing debris.
B. The cost of stripping and stOCkpiling of all topsoil for the Project site shall be
included in the lump sum price bid for Stripping and Stockpiling Topsoil. No
separate payment will be made for stripping and stockpiling of topsoil for areas not
on the Project site. Partial payment will be made based on the estimated
percentage of the amount of stripping and stockpiling which is complete.
1.06 Earthwork
A. Topsoil Placement: All costs for placement of topsoil on the perimeter berms and
other areas to be grassed shall be included in the lump sum price bid for Topsoil
Placement.
B. Excavation - On-Site Soil Materials
1. Excavation of on-site soil materials shall include all work associated with
excavation of soils within the waste cells, on-site structural fill borrow area,
and general site work on the Project. Excavation and backfill of liner anchor
trenches and pipelines, stockpile work, select backfill borrow area, leachate
collection layer borrow area, liner subbase borrow area, earthwork associated
with structures and unsuitable materials are not excavation and will not be
included in quantities for payment as excavation.
2. The amount of excavation for the final payment request shall be based on a
field survey of the Project site performed before and after the work was
performed in accordance with Section 01055 of these Specifications. Initial
survey shall be completed prior to any earthwork. Final survey shall be
12/16/08 G003-1 07\XD01 025
I-
I
l
i-
Ii
01025 - 5
Measurement and Payment
Stone. No measurement for payment will be made unless all dewatering as
specified in Section 02140 has been successfully accomplished.
2.
Additional costs of corrective work, made necessary by unauthorized
excavation of earth or rock, shall be borne by the Contractor.
E. Liner Base
1.
,-
I
r
t
r
2.
[ ,
(
[
I
i
Select Backfill: All costs for providing the select backfill, including additional
excavation of earth material from either an on-site borrow area or from an
off-site borrow area selected and secured by the Contractor, removing and
disposing of any contaminants in the earth material, and subsequent
placement of the earth material, shall be included in the unit price bid for
18-lnch Select Backfill. No additional payment will be made for the addition
of bentonite or other processing, should the Contractor elect to do so. No
additional payment will be made for any site preparation or erosion and
sedimentation controls required to develop either an on-site or off-site borrow
area.
Liner Subbase: All costs for providing the subbase, including additional
excavation of the earth material from the either an on-site borrow area or
from an off-site borrow area selected and secured by the Contractor,
removing and disposing of any contaminants in the subbase material, and
subsequent placement of the material, shall be included in the unit price bid
for 6-lnch Liner Subbase. No additional payment will be made for the
addition of bentonite or other processing, should the Contractor elect to do
so. No additional payment will be made for any site preparation or erosion
and sedimentation controls required to develop either an on-site or off-site
borrow area.
3. Quantities shall be based on the total surface area covered with the specified
material. Quantities for payment shall be determined from a field run
topographic/planimetric survey in accordance with Section 01055. The
Contractor shall calculate the quantities and submit the calculations to the
Engineer with each request for payment.
4.
No payment will be made for any area until the full specified thickness has
been obtained for the area for which payment is requested. No payment will
be made for any quantities which are not accompanied by a certification by
the registered Land Surveyor that the quantities for which payment is
requested have the required absolute minimum thickness. No payment will
be made for any area which does not meet the requirements of these
Specifications.
5.
Payment will be made for liner base material as stored material, only if
imported from off-site and stockpiled on-site.
12/16/08 G003-1 07\XD01 025
r
I
i
t
01025 - 7
Measurement and Payment
backfill of the anchor trench shall be considered incidental work and included
in the appropriate unit price bid.
r
r
t
3. No payment will be made for any area until the full specified thickness has
been obtained for the area for which payment is requested. No payment shall
be made for any quantities which are not accompanied by a certification by
the registered Land Surveyor that the quantities for which payment is
requested have the required absolute minimum thickness. No payment will
be made for any area which does not meet the requirements of these
Specifications.
f
I
4. Payment for the geocomposite may be processed on partial payment
requests, but only after receipt of all testing results for that area for which
payment is requested.
[
H. Dewatering: No separate payment, will be made for dewatering required to
accomplish the work.
r'
l
\
1.07 Trench Excavation and Backfill
A. No separate or additional payment shall be made for any special or unique method,
means, techniques or equipment necessary for the Contractor's compliance with
these Specifications, regulatory requirements, permits, laws or regulations which
govern this Project.
B. Trench Excavation: No separate payment shall be made for trench excavation. All
costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the item to which it pertains.
l
C. Sheeting, Bracing and Shoring
1. No separate payment will be made for providing sheeting, bracing and
timbering which are specified, shown on the Drawings or necessary due to
Contractor's means of construction.
2. No payment will be made for sheeting removed or for sheeting left in place for
the Contractor's convenience.
D. Dewatering Excavations: All costs of equipment, labor and materials required for
dewatering shall be included in the price bid for the item to which it pertains.
12/16/08 G003-1 07\XD01 025
01025 - 9
Measurement and Payment
H. Final Backfilling
1. No additional payment will be made for additional material when excavated
materials are used.
2. No separate payment shall be made for drying out the final backfill material in
order to meet the compaction requirements.
3. No separate payment shall be made for the adding of moisture to the final
backfill materials in order to meet the compaction requirements.
4. No additional payment will be made for providing select material if the insitu
material cannot meet the compaction requirements.
1.08 Leachate Containment System
A. Measurement for payment of 60 mil HDPE textured geomembrane surface area will
be determined by the Engineer from survey certification provided by the Contractor.
The area for payment will include the covered area to the inside of the anchor
trench plus the minimum amount of required membrane in the anchor trench as
shown on the Drawings. Payment quantities shall be the actual geomembrane
surface area, but shall not include overlaps, patches, repairs or extension of
material. beyond the required limits. Costs for pre-shipping sheet testing,
excavation, and compaction and backfill of the anchor trench shall be considered
incidental work and included in the appropriate unit price.
B. Payment for the geomembrane will be processed on partial payment requests, but
only after receipt of all testing results for that area for which payment is requested.
C. Stormwater Diversion Berms: All costs for constructing the berm, including
earthwork, plywood, HDPE flap and attachment to waste cell liner, shall be included
in the lump sum price bid for Stormwater Diversion Berm.
D. Stage Separation Berm: All costs for constructing the berm, including earthwork,
plywood, HDPE flap and attachment to waste cell liner, shall be included in the
price bid for Stage Separation Berm.
E. Tie to Existing Liner System: All costs for Tie to existing liner system, including
location, earthwork, removal of plywood or rub sheet, cleaning, welding liner, and
removal of the temporary flap shall be included in the lump sum price bid for Tie to
Existing Liner System.
12/16/08 G003-107\XD01025
r'"
I
i
01025 - 11
Measurement and Payment
removing existing gravel and geotextile fabric, miscellaneous grading, and joining to
existing pipe.
1.10 Roadways
[
r
1
A. All costs for constructing the Asphalt Concrete Road as shown on the drawings
and as specified from the bottom of the compacted aggregate base to the top of
the asphalt concrete road surface shall be included in the unit price bid for
Asphalt Concrete Road.
r-
\
B. No additional payment will be made for thicknesses of base greater than the
thickness specified for each type of pavement. Limits eligible for payment shall be
based on widths and lengths as shown on the Drawings. Measurement shall be
made based on record drawing dimensions.
C. No additional payment will be made for preparation of the subbase.
l .
D. Remove and Replace Asphalt Pavement: All costs for remove and replace asphalt
pavement, including saw cuts, pavement demolition and disposal, concrete, and
asphalt pavement for the full width of trench shall be included in the unit price
bid for Remove and Replace Asphalt Pavement. Payment for piping and trenching
shall be included in other items. Measurement shall be made of actual length
constructed, which had been authorized by the Engineer.
1.11 Storm Drainage System
( .
I
i
A. Storm Drain Culverts: Payment for reinforced concrete and HDPE pipe shall be
made for the actual lengths constructed and authorized by the Engineer.
( :
r
(
B. Concrete Headwall: Payment for Headwalls shall be at the unit price bid for each
respective structure properly constructed.
C. Flared End Sections: Payment for Flared End Sections shall be at the unit price bid
for each respective structure properly constructed.
D. Underdrain
i
r..
1. Payment for 6-inch perforated underdrain shall be made for the actual length
constructed and authorized by the Engineer.
2. The unit price for 6-inch perforated underdrain shall include all costs to locate,
excavate, install, and backfill the underdrain, and shall include the cost of all
materials required to complete the underdrain as shown on the Drawings.
D. RCP Riser: Payment for Concrete Risers shall be at the unit price bid for each
respective structure properly constructed as detailed on the drawings including
trash rack and tie to 10utfall pipe. Price for each structure shall include removal
12/16/08 8003-1 07\XD01 025
01025 -13
Measurement and Payment
made at the unit prices in the Bid. No other payment will be made for any delay or
extra cost encountered by the Contractor due to protection, avoidance or relocation
of existing utilities, mains or services or changing the horizontal alignment of the
sewer.
B. No separate payment shall be made for survey work performed by or for the
Contractor in the establishment of reference points, bench marks, limits of
right-of-way or easement, including their restoration, as well as centerline or
baseline points.
C. Vertical Landfill Gas Extraction Well: All costs for installing extraction well,
including excavation, pipe, stone, bentonite seal, and backfill shall be included in
the unit price bid for Vertical Landfill Gas Extraction Well. Measurement shall be
based on drilling log depth to top of flange.
D. Leachate Cleanout Extraction Well: All costs for installing leachate cleanout
extraction well, including excavation, pipe, connection to existing cleanout riser,
and backfill shall be included in the unit price bid for Leachate Cleanout
Extraction Well.
E. Condensate Sump: All costs for installing condensate sump, including
excavation, pipe, connection to header piping, pump, valving, air filter, and
backfill shall be included in the unit price bid for Condensate Sump.
F. Isolation Valve Assembly: All costs for installing isolation valves, including
excavation, valve structure, valves, cleanouts, connection to header piping, and
backfill shall be included in the unit price bid for Isolation Valve Assembly.
1G. Wellhead Assembly: All costs for installing wellhead assembly, including
wellhead, pipe, valving, flex hose, reducers, connection to lateral, and couplings
shall be included in the unit price bid for Wellhead Assembly. No additional
payment will be made for providing spare wellheads and spare parts as required.
H. Pipe and Accessories
1. Measurement and payment at the unit price for GAS COLLECTION AND
CONTROL SYSTEM piping shall be made for the quantity provided.
Measurement for header, lateral, forcemain and airline pipe shall be made
from centerline of structure to centerline of structure, end of flex hose' to
centerline of header pipe, or to the existing pipe.
2. The cost of fittings and bends shall be included in the unit price bid for the
appropriate pipe.
3. No additional payment will be made for replacement of defective materials.
12/16/08 G003-1 07\XD01 025
01025 -15
Measurement and Payment
independent surveying firm, selected by the Owner, to perform horizontal
and vertical alignment checks at the discretion of the Engineer.
b. This allowance is solely for the use of the Engineer for verification of the
Contractor's reference points, centerlines and work performed. The
presence of this cash allowance in no way relieves the Contractor of the
responsibility of installing reference points, centerlines, temporary
bench marks or verifying that the work has been performed accurately.
2. Engineer's Field Office Equipment: Allow the amount provided in the Bid for
the purchase of additional furnishings and office equipment to be selected by
the Owner and Engineer. Unless expressly noted otherwise in this Section,
the allowance shall not be used for items required by this Section. The
Engineer will provide the Contractor with a list of additional furnishings and
equipment to be purchased by the Contractor and to be reimbursed by.the
allowance. Items purchased, with the allowance money, are the property of
the Owner and shall be retained by the Owner after the Project is completed.
3. Landfill Gas System Plant Improvements: Allow the amount provided in the
Bid for the construction of Landfill Gas System Plant Improvements as
coordinated with the Owner. Landfill Gas System Plant Improvements shall
be constructed in accordance with separate Drawings and/or requirements to
be provided by the Owner and will include landfill gas system plant
improvements and expansions to the existing gas system. Contractor shall
not hinder the construction of the gas system and shall coordinate with the
Owner at no additional charge to the Owner.
4. Tire Wash and Associated Site Improvements: Allow the amount provided in
the Bid for the construction of a tire wash system and related site
improvements by an independent firm selected by the Owner. Tire wash shall
be constructed in accordance with separate Drawings and/or requirements to
be provided by the Owner and will include' two 10(}.horsepower pumps, a-
water reclamation system, and tanks, splash walls, sprayers, and other
equipment. Contractor shall not hinder the construction of the tire wash
system and shall coordinate with the selected independent Contractor at no
additional charge to the Owner.
15. Construction Verification Services: Allow the amount provided in the Bid for
construction verification services by an independent firm, selected by the
Owner, to perform field review, surveying checks, construction administration
services, construction quality assurance services and additional services at
the discretion of the Owner.
END OF SECTION
12/16/08 G003-1 07\XD01 025
Section 0104 j
r Coordination Of Work
i
Part 1 General
1.01 General
Management of the project shall be through the use of a logical method of
construction planning, scheduling, and cost value documentation as further
r- described in the section entitled "Construction Scheduling," of these Specifications.
I
\
1.02 Existing Landfill Facilities
r
I
I
A.
The existing facilities at the Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill must of necessity
remain in operation while new construction is in progress.
B. The Contractor shall coordinate his work with the Owner so that construction will
not restrain or hinder operation of the existing facilities at the Landfill. If, at any time,
any portion of the Landfill is out of service, the Contractor must obtain prior
approval from the Owner as to the date, time and length of time that portion of the
existing facilities are out of service.
r
I
. C. Connections to the existing facilities or alteration of existing facilities will be made at
times when the facility involved is not in use or at times, established by the Owner,
when use of the facility can be conveniently interrupted for the period of time needed
to make the connection or alteration.
D. After having coordinated his work with the Owner, the Contractor shall notify-the
Engineer of the time, time limits and methods of each connection or alteration and
have approval of the Engineer before any work is undertaken on the connections or
alterations.
E. Before any roadway or facilities are blocked off the Owner shall be contacted to
coordinate operations for the landfill.
1 .03 Other Utilities
The Contractor shall coordinate his operations with all utility companies in or
adjacent to the area of his work. The Contractor shall require said utilities to identify
in the field their property and provide drawings as necessary to locate them.
END OF SECTION
7/25/08 G003-1 07\XD01 041
Section 01051
Grades, Lines and Levels
["
r"
Part 1 General
1.01 Description
r~-
I
f'
!
A. All work under this contract shall be constructed in accordance with the lines and
grades on the plans or as given by the Engineer or Owner. The full responsibility for
holding to alignment and grade shall rest upon the Contractor.
B. The Owner will provide a bench mark and minimal horizontal control. The Contractor
will be responsible for setting offsets from these points and all other layout and
staking.
r""
I
I
C. The Contractor shall safeguard all points, stakes, grade marks, bench marks, and
monuments established on the work, shall bear the cost of reestablishing same if
disturbed, and shall assume the entire expense of rectifying work improperly
constructed due to failure to maintain and protect such established points, stakes, and
marks.
r
END OF SECTION
[
I
r
!,
{
[
f
r
l ,
I
[
i
l...
7/25/08 8003-1 07\X00 1051
Section 01 055
Construction Staking
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
A. Construction staking shall include all of the surveying work required to layout the Work
and control the location of the finished Project. The Contractor shall have the full
responsibility for constructing the Project to the correct horizontal and vertical
alignment, as shown on the Drawings, as specified, or as ordered by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall assume all costs associated with rectifying work constructed in the
wrong location.
B. From the information shown on the Drawings and the information to be provided as
indicated under Project Conditions below, the Contractor shall:
1. Be responsible for setting reference points and/or offsets, establishment of
baselines, and all other layout, staking, and all other surveying required for the
construction of the Project.
2. Safeguard all reference points, stakes, grade marks, horizontal and vertical
control points, and shall bear the cost of re-establishing same if disturbed.
3. Stake out the permanent and temporary easements or the limits of construction
to ensure that the Work is not deviating from the indicated limits.
4. Be responsible for all damage done to reference points, baselines, center lines
and temporary bench marks, and shall be responsible for the cost of
re-establishment of reference points, baselines, center lines and temporary
bench marks as a result of the operations.
C. Baselines shall be defined as the line to which the location of the Work is referenced,
Le., edge of pavement, road centerline, property line, right-of-way or survey line.
1.02 Project Conditions
A. The Drawings provide the location and/or coordinates of principal components of the
Project. The alignment of some components of the Project may be indicated in the
Specifications. The Engineer may order changes to the location of some of the
components of the Project or provide clarification to questions regarding the correct
alignment.
B. The survey points, control points, and baseline to be provided to the Contractor shall be
limited to only that information shown on the Drawings and which can be found on the
Project site by the Contractor.
C. A topographic survey is included on the Drawings,
07/25/08 G003-1 07\XD01 055
r
l
"
I
1.05
r' ,
l
r~'
I
r-'
[
I.
r
I
t
I '
I ,
l
I
I
!
I,,"
01055-3
Construction Staking
Landfill Quantities for Payment
A.
Earthwork
1. The surveyor shall survey before and after the work is performed in such a
manner to produce cross sections and a plan and profile of the area at a scale of
1 inch equals 50 feet horizontal and 1 inch equals 10 feet vertical. A
topographical map with a two foot contour interval and sufficient spot elevations
to define the topography shall be prepared for graded areas at a scale of 1 inch
equals 50 feet. Ground elevations shall be obtained at a frequency equal to a 50
foot by 50 foot grid, plus intermediate spot elevations obtained at every change in
slope. The initial survey shall be completed prior to any earthwork. The final
survey shall be completed after replacement of topsoil has been completed.
2. The surveyor shall plot or computer generate the cross sections in a singular
direction at minimum 50 foot intervals from the field survey. The surveyor shall
calculate the quantities of earthwork cut and fill and shall certify as to the
accuracy of said survey and calculations.
3. The surveyor shall provide a computer diskette of the topography in an AutoCAD
2004 format.
B. Select Backfill and Subbase
1. The surveyor shall survey before and after the work is performed in such a
manner to produce cross sections and a topographic map with a two foot contour
interval and sufficient spot elevations to define the topography ata scale of 1 inch
equals 50 feet. Ground elevations shall be obtained at a frequency equal to a 50
foot by 50 foot grid, plus intermediate spot elevations obtained at every change in
slope.
2. The surveyor shall plot or computer generate the cross sections in perpendicular
directions at minimum 50 foot intervals from the field survey. The surveyor shall
calculate the area of clay liner and shall certify as to the accuracy of said survey
and calculations. The surveyor shall also certify that all clay liner areas for which
payment is requested have the absolute minimum thickness required.
3. The surveyor shall provide a computer diskette of the topography in an AutoCAD
2004 format.
08/19/08 G003-1 07\XD01 055
r
Part 1 General
1.01 Description
i -
I
I
Permits and Responsibilities
Section 01 060
Regulatory Requirements
The Contractor shall, without additional expense to the Owner, be responsible for
obtaining any necessary licenses and permits, and for complying with any applicable
Federal, State and municipal laws, Codes and regulations, in connection with the
execution of the Work. He shall take proper safety and health precautions to protect
the Work, the workers the public and the property of others. He shall also be
responsible for all materials delivered and work performed until completion and
acceptance of the Work, except for any completed unit of construction thereof which
may heretofore have been accepted.
f .
r
l.
1-
END OF SECTION
r
I
I
l_
7/25/08 G003-1 07\X001 060
Part 1
1.01
General
General
Section 01070
Abbreviations, Symbols, Trade Names, and Materials
Whenever reference is made to the furnishing of materials or testing thereof to
conform to the Standards of any technical society, organization, or body, it shall be
construed to mean the latest Standard, Code, specification or tentative specification
adopted and published at the time of advertisement for bids. Such standards are
made a part hereof to the extent which is indicated or intended.
1.02 Abbreviations
AA
AAMA
AASHTO
ACI
ACPA
AEIC
AFBMA
AGA
AGMA
AlA
AlEE
AlSO
AISI
AITC
ANSI
AMCA
APA
APHA
API
APWA
ARC
AREA
ASA
ASCE
ASH RAE
ASME
ASTM
AWS
AWWA
CFR
CRSI
CTI
Aluminum Association
Architectural Aluminum Manufacturer's Association
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
American Concrete Institute
American Concrete Pipe Association
Association of Edison Illuminating Companies
Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association
American Gas Association
American Gear Manufacturers Association
American Institute of Architects
American Institute of Electrical Engineers
American Institute of Steel Construction
American Iron and Steel Institute
American Institute of Timber Construction
American National Standards Institute
Air Moving and Conditioning Association
American Plywood Association
American Public Health Association
American Petroleum Institute
American Public Works Association
Appalachian Regional Commission
American Railroad Engineering Association
American Standards Association
American Society of Civil Engineers
American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning
Engineers
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
American Society for Testing and Materials
American Welding Society
American Water Works Association
Code of Federal Regulations
Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
Cooling Tower Institute
7/25/08 G003-1 07\XDO 1070
01070 - 3
Abbreviations, Symbols, Trade Names, and Materials
expressions, may be used in the Specifications in connection with a material,
manufactured article or process, the material, article, or process specifically
designated shall be used, unless a substitute is approved in writing by the Engineer.
1.04 Symbols
Symbols and material legends shall be as scheduled on the Contract Drawings.
END OF SECTION
7/25/08 G003-1 07\X001 070
Section 01080
Applicable Codes and Standards
1.01 General
[--.
I
A.
All materials, equipment, fabrication, and installation practices shall comply with the
following applicable Codes and standards, except in those cases where the
Contractor's quality standards establish more stringent quality requirements, as
determined by the Engineer.
r'
r~'
I
I
1. Pressure Piping and Tubing
[.
I .
ANSI (American National Standards Institute)
API (American Petroleum Institute)
ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers)
AWWA (American Water Works Association)
NSF (National Sanitation Foundation)
2.
Materials
[
AASHTO (American Association of State Highway and
Transportation Officials)
ANSI (American National Standards Institute)
ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials)
I
L
3.
Painting and Surface Preparation
NACE (National Association of Corrosion Engineers)
SSPC (Steel Structures Painting Council)
4. Gear Reducers and Bearings
AFBMA (Anti-friction Bearing Manufacturers Association) AGMA (American
Gear Manufacturers Association)
5. Ventilating Fans
AMCA (Air Moving and Conditioning Association)
PFMA (Power Fan Manufacturers Association)
6. Electrical and Instrumentation
EIA (Electronic Industries Association)
IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers)
IPC (Institute of Printed Circuits)
IPCEA (Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association)
ISA (Instrument Society of America)
NEMA (National Electrical Manufacturers Association)
7/25/08 G003-1 07\X00 1080
01080 - 3
Applicable Codes and Standards
16. Refrigeration, Heating, and Air Conditioning
ARI (American Refrigeration Institute)
ASHRAE (American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air
Conditioning Engineers)
17. Pressure Vessels
ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers)
In addition, all work shall comply with the applicable requirements of local codes,
utilities, and other authorities having jurisdiction.
. B. All material and equipment, for which a UL Standard, an AGA approval, or an
ASME requirement is established, shall be so approved and labeled or stamped.
Label or stamp shall be conspicuous and not covered, painted, or otherwise
obscured from visual inspection.
END OF SECTION
7/25/08 G003-1 07\XDO 1080
Section 01201
Preconstruction Conference
Part 1 General
1.01 Description
After award of Bid and prior to beginning construction, a conference will be held
with representatives of the Contractor, Owner, Engineer, and others as deemed
necessary by the Owner to discuss schedules and utility conflicts in the Project.
This conference is intended to establish lines of communication between the parties
involved. Time and place of preconstruction conference will be determined at time
of bid award.
END OF SECTION
7/25/08 G003-107\XD01201
Section 01202
r- Progress Meetings
Part 1 General
1.01 Description
The Owner may request meetings with the Contractor at any time on matters
pertaining to the progress of Work being carried out under this Contract. It will be the
r- responsibility of the Contractor to supply whatever information is requested by the
I Owner concerning the project throughout its duration. Weekly reviews of progress
t
shall be held between the Contractor and Engineer. Monthly reviews of progress
r shall be held between the Owner and Engineer. The Contractor shall make himself
I available ifhis presence is requested.
END OF SECTION
1
I.'
[
1
!
l.
7/25/08 G003-1 07\XDO 1202
Section 01310
Construction Scheduling
Part 1 General
1.01 Description
1.02
1.03
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval construction planning,
scheduling, and cost value documentation pertaining to the project as detailed
herein and shall update same throughout project as required.
Submittal Procedures
A.
Within ten working days of Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit to the
Engineer for approval the products required by this section of the Specifications.
B.
Within five working days following receipt of same the Engineer shall arrange for a
meeting with the Contractor so as to familiarize the Engineer with the Contractor's
proposed construction plans and schedules.
C.
Within five working days following the Engineer's review the Contractor shall
resubmit a corrected copy of those documents requiring revision.
D.
Within five working days following his receipt of the adequately revised documents
the Engineer will approve same for use on the project.
E.
Once approved, the Contractor shall submit four copies of the construction
scheduling documents to the Engineer for use on the project.
F.
The Contractor shall update the work schedules at least monthly and indicate those
activities whose completion dates are in jeopardy because of activities behind
schedule.
G.
The Owner may require the Contractor to modify any portions of the work schedule
that become infeasible because of "activities behind schedule" or for any other valid
reason. Any such modification will be at the Contractor's expense unless the
modification is required to accommodate schedule revisions required by the Owner.
H.
An activity that cannot be completed by its original latest completion date shall be
deemed to be behind schedule.
Change Orders
Upon approval of a Change Order by the Owner the approved change shall be
reflected in the next submittal by the Contractor.
7/25/08 G003-107\XD01310
01310 - 3
Construction Scheduling
2.03 Project Information
('-,:,,",.
I
A.
Each tabulation shall be prefaced with the following summary data:
1. Project Name
2. Contractor
3. Type of Tabulation (Initial or Updated with revision number)
4. Project Duration
5. Project Scheduled Completion Date
6. Effective or Starting Date of the Schedule
7. If an updated (revised) schedule, the new project completion date and project
status
Schedule Monitoring
When specifically requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit to the
Engineer a revised schedule for those activities that remain to occur.
The revised schedule shall be submitted in the form, sequence, and of the number
of copies requested for the initial schedule.
Cost Value for Activities
The Contractor shall establish and submit a cost value for each activity in his
progress schedule and estimates so that monthly partial payments to.the.C.ontractor
can be calculated on the basis of work in place.
B. Subject to the provisions for 'Payments to Contractor and Completion" in the
General Conditions of the Contract all cost value reports for network activities shall
be based upon the close of books as of the 25th day of each month, and the
submittal of such costs value for activities shall be submitted to the Engineer for
review and approval not later than the last day of each month.
C.
Wherever in the General Conditions it is provided that payments will be allowed for
materials delivered to the site but not yet incorporated in the work, subject to the
terms and conditions specified in the General Conditions, separate pay items shall
be established for furnishing and installation of such items.
I
!
I
L .I
7/25/08 G003-1 07\X00131 0
r'
I
Section 01320
Construction Videos and Photographs
Part 1 General
['
1.01
1.02
I"' A.
I
B.
I
1
c.
D.
Scope
A. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment and labor materials required to provide the
Owner with digital construction videos and photographs of the Project. Videos shall be
provided in DVD format.
B. Photo and video files shall become the property of the Owner and none of the videos or
photographs herein shall be published without express permission of the Owner.
Pre and Post Construction Videos and Photographs
Prior to the beginning of any work, the Contractor shall take project videos and
photographs of the work area to record existing conditions.
Following completion of the work, another recording and photos shall be made showing
the same areas and features as in the pre-construction videos and photographs.
All conditions which might later be subject to disagreement shall be shown in sufficient
detail to provide a basis for decisions.
The pre-construction videos and photographs shall be submitted to the Engineer within
25 calendar days after the date of receipt by the Contractor of Notice to Proceed.
Post-construction videos and photographs shall be provided prior to final acceptance of
the project.
1.03 Progress Photographs
r
I
i
A. Photo files shall be provided on compact discs.
B. The photographs shall include the date and time marking of the recording. All
photographs shall be labeled on a tab connected to the bottom of the photo to indicate
date and description of work shown.
C. A minimum of ten photographs shall be submitted with each request for payment. The
view selection will be as agreed to with the Engineer. Two prints of each photograph
shall be submitted.
1.04 Submittals
A. Photographs shall be submitted in plastic sleeves pre-punched for a 3-ring binder.
Negatives shall be submitted in polyethylene preservers, 8-1/2 x 11-inches in size,
equal to Print File Archival Preservers, Style No. 35-7B,
B. Construction photographs shall be submitted with each payment request. Failure to
include photographs may be cause for rejection of the payment request.
END OF SECTION
8/19/08 G003-107\XD01320
r'O-
I
r-'
[P' _:
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
Section Oi340
Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples
A. The work under this Section includes submittal to the Engineer of shop drawings,
product data and samples required by the various sections of these Specifications.
B. Submittal Contents: The submittal contents required are detailed in each
applicable specification section.
r -
I
C. Definitions: Submittals are categorized as follows:
I
Lo'
1. Shop Drawings
C
I
I
l
(
j
1
lo,'
I
c.
\
d.
e.
f.
I
\ ,
a. Shop drawings shall include technical data, drawings, diagrams,
procedure and methodology, performance curves, schedules,
templates, patterns, test reports, calculations, instructions,
measurements and similar information as applicable to the specific
item for which the shop drawing is prepared.
b. Provide newly-prepared information, on reproducible sheets, with
graphic information at accurate scale (except as otherwise indicated) or
appropriate number of prints hereof, with name or preparer (firm name)
indicated. The Contract Drawings shall not be traced or reproduced by
any method for use as or in lieu of detail shop drawings. Show
dimensions and note dimensions that are based on field measurement.
Identify materials and products in the work shown. Indicate compliance
with standards and special coordination requirements. Do not allow
shop drawings to be used in connection with the. Work without
appropriate final "Action" markings by the Engineer.
Drawings shall be presented in a clear and thorough manner. Details
shall be identified by reference to sheet and detail, specification
section, schedule or room numbers shown on the Contract Drawings.
Minimum assembly drawings sheet size shall be 24 x 36-inches.
Minimum detail sheet size shall be 8-1/2 x 11-inches.
Minimum Scale:
i. Assembly Drawings Sheet, Scale: 1-inch = 30 feet.
ii. Detail Sheet, Scale: 1/4-inch = 1 foot.
07/25/08 G003-1 07\XDO 1340
\',
..
1
I '
I .'
r
L
r
I
I
I.
L _'
01340 - 3
Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples
1.02 Specific Category Requirements
A. General: Except as otherwise indicated in the individual work sections, comply with
general requirements specified herein for each indicated category of submittal.
Submittals shall contain:
1. The date of submittal and the dates of any previous submittals.
2. The Project title.
3. Numerical submittal numbers, starting with 1.0, 2.0, etc. Revisions are to be
numbered 1.1, 1.2, etc.
4. The Names of:
a. Contractor
b. Supplier
c. Manufacturer
5. Identification of the product, with the Specification section number,
permanent equipment tag numbers and applicable Drawing No.
6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such.
7. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials.
8. Applicable standards, such as ASTM 'or Federal Specification numbers.
9. Notification to the Engineer in writing, at time of submissions, of any
deviations on the submittals from requirements of the Contract Documents.
10. Identification of revisions on resubmittals.
11. An 8" x 3" blank space for Contractor and Engineer stamps.
12. Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review of submittal,
verification of products, field measurements and field construction criteria
and coordination of the information within the submittal with requirements of
the Work and of Contract Documents.
13. Submittal sheets or drawings showing more than the particular item under
consideration shall have all but the pertinent description of the item for which
review is requested crossed out.
07/25/08 G003-107\XD01340
01340 - 5
Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples
C. Submit all samples in the quantity which is required to be returned plus one sample
which will be retained by the Engineer.
2.04 Colors
t,.~..,
A. Unless the precise color and pattern is specifically described in the Contract
Documents, wherever a choice of color or pattern is available in a specified
product, submit accurate color charts and pattern charts to the Engineer for review
and selection.
, I
B. Unless all available colors and patterns have identical costs and identical wearing
capabilities, and are identically suited to the installation, completely describe the
relative costs and capabilities of each.
r Part 3 Execution
3.01 Contractor's Coordination of Submittals
r
I
A. Prior to submittal for the Engineer's review, the Contractor shall use all means
necessary to fully coordinate all material, including the following procedures:
1. Determine and verify all field dimensions and conditions, catalog numbers
and similar data.
2. Coordinate as required with all trades and all public agencies involved.
3. Submit a written statement of review and compliance with the requirements
of all applicable technical Specifications as well as the requirements of this
Section.
4. Clearly indicate in a letter or memorandum on the manufacturer's or
fabricator's letterhead, all deviations from the Contract Documents.
B. Each and every copy of the shop drawings and data shall bear the Contractor's
stamp showing that they have been so checked. Shop drawings submitted to the
Engineer without the Contractor's stamp will be returned to the Contractor for
conformance with this requirement.
C. The Owner may backcharge the Contractor for costs associated with having to
review a particular shop drawing, product data or sample more than two times to
receive a "No Exceptions Taken" mark.
D. Grouping of Submittals
1. Unless otherwise specifically permitted by the Engineer, make all submittals
in groups containing all associated items.
07/25/08 G003-107\XD01340
["':
01340 - 7
Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples
3. Submittals requiring minor corrections before the product is acceptable will
be marked "Make Corrections Noted". The Contractor may order, fabricate
and ship the items included in the submittals, provided the indicated
corrections are made. Drawings must be resubmitted for review and marked
"No Exceptions Taken" prior to installation or use of products.
r.-
I
I
4. Submittals marked "Amend and Resubmit" must be revised to reflect
required changes and the initial review procedure repeated.
5. The "Rejected - See Remarks" notation is used to indicate products which are
not acceptable. Upon return of a submittal so marked, the Contractor shall
repeat the initial review procedure utilizing acceptable products.
f'
j
6. Only two copies of items marked "Amend and Resubmit" and "Rejected - See
Remarks" will be reviewed and marked. One copy will be retained by the
Engineer and the other copy with all remaining unmarked copies will be
returned to the Contractor for resubmittal.
1"
I
I
B. No work or products shall be installed without a drawing or submittal bearing the
"No Exceptions Taken" notation. The Contractor shall maintain at the job site a
complete set of shop drawings bearing the Engineer's stamp.
i
r
\
l. .
C. Substitutions: In the event the Contractor obtains the Engineer's approval for the
use of products other than those which are listed first in the Contract Documents,
the Contractor shall, at the Contractor's own expense and using methods approved
by the Engineer, make any changes to structures, piping and electrical work that
may be necessary to accommodate these products.
[
,
~
D. Use of the "No Exceptions Taken" notation on shop drawings or other submittals is
general and shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of furnishing
products of the proper dimension, size, quality, quantity, materials and all
performance characteristics, to efficiently perform the requirements and intent of
the Contract Documents. The Engineer's review shall not relieve the Contractor of
responsibility for errors of any kind on the shop drawings. Review is intended only
to assure conformance with the design concept of the Project and compliance with
the information given in the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for
dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at the job site. The Contractor is also
responsible for information that pertains solely to the fabrication processes or to
the technique of construction and for the coordination of the work of all trades.
3.04 Resubmission Requirements
A. Shop Drawings
1. Revise initial drawings as required and resubmit as specified for initial
submittal, with the resubmittal number shown.
07/25/08 G003-1 07\XDO 1340
01590 - 2
Field Offices
N.
Acoustical tile ceiling.
['
O. Outside door shall have lock.
P. Concrete pad suitable for soils testing.
Q.
Furnishings
f-'
The Contractor shall provide such furniture and furnishings for the Engineer's office
facilities as follows:
ro,
t
\
.,
1. One 8-foot double desk with two 2-d rawer metal file pedestals and two pencil
drawers.
f
I
2. Two executive padded swivel chairs on castors.
I'"'
I
3. Two side chairs.
4. One folding table.
t'
5. Automatic drip coffee maker.
R. The Contractor is responsible for coordinating with utilities for telephone and power
services.
I
,
I
c..
END OF SECTION
r "
l
1
I
!
L.
I
I,
7/25/08 G003-107\X001590
f'"
(
r-'
I .
r-"
l
/'
\ ,
r'"
I
{'J
I:.
I
t.
1
(
r
!
r
i
I
['
1
["
1~'
r
I.
r
L
L
r'-
L
I
'4:..
[
I'
i
L
f'
i
L
t
f _
I
lJ
f
I
L
I
I
\,
L-
,-
,
,
r-
I
r
\ .
r
1_,
I
!
Section 01610 -
Transportation and Handling -
1.01 General
The Contractor shall provide transportation of all equipment, materials, and
products furnished under these Contract Documents to the site of the work. In
addition, the Contractor shall provide preparation for shipment and storage,-
unloading, handling and rehandling, short-term storage, extended storage, storage
facilities, maintenance and protection during storage, preparation for installation,
and all other work and incidental items necessary or convenient to the Contractor
for the satisfactory prosecution and completion of the work.
1.02 Transportation
~ I
I
i
(
"
1.03
A.
All equipment shall be suitably boxed, crated, or otherwise protected during
transportation.
B. All equipment shall be shipped and delivered in the largest assembled sections
practical or permitted by carrier regulations to minimize the number of field
connections.
C. The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that the equipment is assembled
and transported in such a manner so as to clear buildings, power lines; bridges, and
similar structures encountered during shipment or delivery to the site of the work.
D.
Small items and appurtenances such as gauges, valves, switches, instruments, and
probes which could be damaged during shipment shall be removed from the
equipment prior to shipment and packaged and shipped separately. All openings
shall be plugged or sealed to prevent the entrance of water or dirt.
E. Temporary shipping braces and suppOrts shall be painted orange or yellow for easy
identification.
Handling
A.
All equipment, materials, and products shall be carefully handled to prevent
damage or excessive deflections during unloading or transportation. All equipment,
materials, and products damaged during transportation or handling shall be
repaired or replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner prior to
being incorporated into the work.
B.
Lifting and handling drawings and instructions furnished by the manufacturer or
supplier shall be strictly followed. Eyebolts or lifting Lugs furnished on the
equipment shall be used in handling the equipment. Shafts and operating
mechanisms shall not be used as lifting points. Spreader bars or lifting beams shall
be used when the distance between lifting points exceeds that permitted by
7/25/08 G003-107\XD01610
,
t
1.01
r
J _
1.02
r
[,
(
,
L-
t
\
{
c
{'
I
t.
I
I
t,
r
~
l.
r
I
L
I
I
l_
i
\
L
(
!
L
l
Section 01620
Storage and Protection
General
Equipment shall be received, inspected, unloaded, handled, stored, maintained,
and protected by the Contractor in a suitable location on or off site, if necessary,
until such time as installation is required.
Storage
A.
The Contractor shall be responsible for providing satisfactory storage facilities
which are acceptable to the Engineer. In the event that satisfactory facilities cannot
be provided on site, satisfactory warehouse acceptable to the Engineer will be
provided by the Contractor for such time until the equipment, materials, and
products can be accommodated at the site.
B.
Equipment, materials, and products which are stored in a satisfactory warehouse
acceptable to the Engineer will be eligible for progress payments as though they
had been delivered to the job site.
C.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance and protection of all
equipment, materials, and products placed in storage and shall bear all costs of
storage, preparation for transportation, transportation, rehandling, and preparation
for installation.
D.
Equipment and products stored outdoors shall be supported above the ground on
suitab.le wooden blocks or braces arranged to prevent excessive deflection or
bending between supports. Items such as pipe, structural steel, and sheet
construction products shall be stored with one end elevated to facilitate drainage.
E.
Tarps and other coverings shall be supported above the stored equipment or
materials on wooden strips to provide ventilation under the cover and minimize
condensation. Tarps and covers shall be arranged to prevent ponding of water.
F.
Fuels shall be properly stored and handled in accordance with all applicable state
and federal requirements. Fuels shall be stored and handled in a manner to
minimize fire hazards and spills. Containment areas shall be provided for the
storage and use of all fuels, oils, and hydraulic fluids. Contractor shall utilize good
housekeeping practices at all times. The Contractor shall be responsible for all
clean up and proper disposal of spills and contaminated soils. Any damages to or
contamination of existing monitoring system shall be solely the responsibility of the
Contractor to correct.
END OF SECTION
7/25/08 G003-1 07\X00 1620
Section 01710
Cleanup
Part 1 General
1.01 Description
1.02
1.03
This section covers general cleaning which the Contractor shall be required to
perform both during construction and before final acceptance of the project unless
otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified elsewhere in these specifications.
Hazard Control
A.
The Contractor shall store volatile wastes in covered metal containers and remove
from premises daily.
B.
The Contractor shall prevent accumulation of wastes which create hazardous
conditions.
C.
Burning or burying rubbish and waste materials on the site shall not be allowed.
D.
Disposal of volatile wastes into sanitary or storm sewers shall not be allowed.
E.
Disposal of all hazardous or volatile wastes shall be in accordance with all State
and Federal requirements.
F.
All construction equipment and support vehicles shall be in good condition and shall
not leak hydraulic oils, motor oils, or fuels, If equipment leaks such environmentally
hazardous liquids, the equipment will be removed from the work area and repaired
and all contaminated soils or materials shall be removed and properly disposed of
in accordance with State and Federal requirements.
Disposal of Surplus Materials
A.
Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, specified or directed, the Contractor shall
dispose of all surplus excavated materials and materials and equipment from
demolition, legally off the site, and shall provide his own suitable, off-site spoil area,
or on a site designated by the Owner.
B.
The Owner shall have the opportunity to inspect any equipment or materials
removed prior to disposal by the Contractor. If said equipment and/or materials are
determined to be salvageable by the Owner, the Contractor shall transport said
equipment and material to a building or area designated by the Owner.
7/25/08 G003-1 07\XOO 1710
Section 01720
Project Record Documents
Part 1 General.
1.01 Description
A. Maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of:
1. Drawings
2. Specifications
3. Addenda
4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract
5. Engineer Field Orders or Written Instructions
6. Approved Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples
7. Field Test Records
1.02 Maintenan,ce of Documents and Samples
A. Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office separate from documents
used for construction.
f^"
L.,
1. Provide files and racks for storage of documents.
!
2. Provide locked cabinet or secure storage space for storage of samples.
B. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use
record documents for construction purposes.
C.
Make documents and samples available at all times for inspection by the Engineer
and Owner.
r
L
1.03 Marking
Mark with red erasable pencil and, where feasible, use other colors too.
1.04
Recording
7/25/08 G003-1 07\XOO 1720
A.
Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat large printed letters.
Section 01740
Warranties and Bonds
(- .
Part 1 General
1.01 Project Maintenance and Warranty
r
\
r
1
r
I
I
t.
A. Maintain and keep in good repair the improvements covered by these drawings and
specifications during the life of the Contract.
B. Indemnify the Owner against any repairs which may become necessary to any part
of the work performed and to items of equipment and systems procured for or
furnished under this Contract, arising from defective workmanship or materials used
therein, for a period of-one year after acceptance of the work is received from EPD
allowing the Owner to accept the work for operations.
C.
The Contractor shall not be obligated to make replacements which become
necessary because of ordinary wear and tear, or as a result of improper operation
or maintenance, or as a result of improper work or damage by another Contractor
or the Owner, or to perform any work which is normally performed by a
maintenance crew during operation.
D.
In the event of multiple failures of major consequences prior to the expiration of the
one-year warranty described above, the affected unit shall be disassembled,
inspected, and modified or replaced as necessary to prevent further occurrences.
All. related components which may have been damaged or rendered non-
serviceable as a consequence of the failure shall be replaced. A new twelve-month
warranty against defective or deficient design, workmanship, and materials shall
commence on the day that the item is reassembled and placed back into operation.
As used herein, multiple failures shall be interpreted to mean two or more
successive failures of the same kind in the same item or failures of the same kind in
two or more items. Major failures may include, but are not limited to, cracked or
broken housings, piping, or vessels, excessive deflections, bent or broken shafts,
broken or chipped gear teeth, premature bearing failure, excessive wear, or
excessive leakage around seals. Failures which are directly and clearly traceable to
operator abuse, such as operations in conflict with published operating procedures,
or improper maintenance, such as substitution of unauthorized replacement parts,
use of incorrect lubricants or chemicals, flagrant over- or under-lubrication, and
using maintenance procedures not conforming with published maintenance
instructions, shall be exempted from the scope of the one-year warranty. Should
multiple failures occur in a given time, all products of the same size and type shall
be disassembled, inspected, modified or replaced, as necessary and rewarranted
for one year.
E. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish all labor, materials, tools and
equipment required and shall make such repairs and removals or shall perform
such work or reconstruction as may be made necessary by any structural or
functional defect or failure resulting from neglect, faulty workmanship or faulty
7/25/08 G003-1 07\XOO 1740
i
t
i
l
Section 02010
Subsurface Conditions
Part 1 General
1.01 Description
A. Soil boring logs are shown in the subsurface report entitled "Subsurface Report for
Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill, Phase III, Stage 2, Cell 1". This information may
be obtained upon request at the offices of Atlantic Coast Consulting, Inc.
B. This soil investigation information is offered as an aid in bidding only and is not a part of
the Contract Documents. The boring logs are available for the Contractor's information,
but are not a warranty of subsurface conditions. The Owner, Engineer and
geotechnical engineer assume no responsibility for any variation between materials
encountered during construction and those indicated on the boring logs, nor for any
variation between the location of the water table encountered and that indicated on the
boring logs atthe.cJate.borings wer-e taken.
C. Additional Investigation: The Contractor shall visit the site and become acquainted with
site conditions. Prior to bidding, prospective Contractors may make their own site and
subsurface investigations to satisfy themselves with site and subsurface conditions.
The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining rights of ingress and egress to private
property for site and subsurface investigation and shall assume aU responsibility for any
damage to property caused as a result of the Contractor's investigation.
D. Location of Borings: Contractors shall be responsible for making their own
determination of the location of the soil borings on this Project.
END OF SECTION
07/25/08 G003-1 07\X0020 10
Section 02110
Clearing and Grubbing
Part 1
1.01
General
Scope
Clearing and grubbing includes, but is not limited to removal from the project lands
of trees, stumps, roots, brush, structures, abandoned utilities, trash, debris, and all
other materials found on or near the surface of the ground in the construction area
and understood by generally accepted engineering practice not to be suitable for
construction of the type contemplated. Precautionary measures to prevent damage
to existing features to remain is part of the work.
1.02 Quality Assurance
A. The Contractor shall comply with applicable codes, ordinances, rules, regulations,
and laws of local, municipal, state or federal authorities having jurisdiction over the
project. All required permits shall be obtained for construction operations by the
Contractor. All required permits of a temporary nature shall be obtained for
construction operations by the Contractor.
B. Open burning will have to be permitted by all of the local authorities having
jurisdiction. It is the Contractor's responsibility to obtain all of the necessary
approvals and permits prior to burning and to comply with all permits throughout the
burning process.
1.03 Location of Work
The area to be cleared and grubbed is shown schematically on the drawings. The
Contractor shall minimize clearing of existing trees to maintain a natural buffer
around the proposed work.
Part 2 Products
2.01 Equipment
A. The Contractor shall furnish equipment with operators of the type normally used in
clearing and grubbing operations including, but not limited to tractors, trucks,
loaders, root rakes, and burning equipment.
B. The Contractor shall furnish discing equipment capable of plowing the soil to a
depth of 6 inches twice in a single pass.
07/25/08 G003-107\X002110
02110 - 3
Clearing and Grubbing
material or debris be left on the Project, shoved onto abutting private properties or
buried on the Project.
B. When approved in writing by the Engineer and when authorized by the proper
authorities, the Contractor may dispose of such debris by burning on the Project site
provided all requirements set forth by the governing authorities are met. The
authorization to burn shall not relieve the Contractor in any way from damages which
may result from Contractor's operations. On easements through private property, the
Contractor shall not burn on the site unless written permission is also secured from the
property owner, in addition to authorization from the proper authorities.
END OF SECTION
~
07/25/08 G003-1 07\X00211 0
Section 02125
Erosion and Sedimentation Control
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
A. The work specified in this Section consists of providing and maintaining temporary and
permanent erosion and sedimentation controls as shown on the Drawings. This
Section also specifies the subsequent removal of temporary erosion and sedimentation
controls.
B. Temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation controls include grassing and
mulching of disturbed areas and structural barriers at those locations which will ensure
that erosion during construction will be maintained within acceptable limits. Acceptable
limits are as established by the Georgia Erosion and Sedimentation Control Act of
1975, as amended, Section 402 of the Federal Clean Water Act, and applicable codes,
ordinances, rules, regulations and laws of local and municipal authorities having
jurisdiction.
C. Land disturbance activity shall not commence until the Land Disturbance Permit has
been issued.
D. Land disturbance permit(s) for all off-site borrow areas shall be obtained and paid for by
the Contractor and issued in the name of the Contractor.
E. The Notice of Intent for the NPDES Storm Water Discharge for Construction Activities
shall be prepared by and paid for by the Owner and issued in the name of the Owner.
All inspection, monitoring, sampling and reporting activities associated with this permit
shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Notice of Termination shall be
prepared and submitted by the Owner.
1.02 Submittals
A. Submit product data in accordance with the requirements of Section 01340 of these
Specifications.
B. Prior to any construction activity, the Contractor shall submit, for the Engineer's
approval, a schedule for the accomplishment of temporary and permanent erosion and
sedimentation control work. No work shall be started until the erosion and
sedimentation control schedule and methods of operation have been approved by the
Engineer.
1.03 Quality Assurance
A. The temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation control measures shown on
the Drawings are minimum requirements. Any additional erosion and sedimentation
control measures required by the Contractor's means, methods, techniques and
sequence of operation will be installed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the
Owner and will be paid for according to the unit price bid for each control measure as
approved by the Engineer.
8/19/08 G003-107\XD02125
02125 - 3
Erosion and Sedimentation Control
or undermined rip rap and erosion control materials, to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.
6. All fines imposed for improper erosion and sedimentation control shall be paid by
the Contractor.
Part 2 Products
2.01 Sediment Barrier
A. Silt Fence
1. Type A silt fence shall meet the requirements of Section 171 of the Georgia
Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, latest edition.
2. Type C silt fence is a combination of Type A silt fence fabric with woven wire
reinforcement. Type C silt fence woven wire reinforcement shall meet the
requirements of Section 171 of the Georgia Department of Transportation
Standard Specifications, latest edition.
3. Silt fence fabric shall be an approved product on the Georgia DOT Qualified
Product List No. 36, latest edition.
B. Stone Check Dams: Stone shall conform to the requirements of Section 805.01 of the
Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specification, latest edition, for Stone
Dumped Rip Rap except the stone shall be 8-inches or less at the greatest dimension.
2.02 Rip Rap
A. Stone Rip Rap: Use sound, tough, durable stones resistant to the action of air and
water. Slabby or shaley pieces will not be acceptable. Unless shown or specified
otherwise, stone rip rap shall be Type 1.
1. Type 1 Rip Rap: Rip rap size shall conform to Section 805.01 of the Georgia
Department of Transportation Standard Specification for Type 1 Stone Dumped
Rip Rap.
2.03 Plastic Filter Fabric
A. Plastic filter fabric shall conform to the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard
Specifications, Section 881.06 for woven fabrics.
B. Plastic filter fabric shall be an approved product on the Georgia Department of
Transportation Qualified Product List No. 28, latest edition.
2.04 Construction Exit Stone
Use sound, tough, durable stone resistant to the action of air and water. Slabby or
8/19/08 G003-107\X002125
r
I
\
02125 - 5
Erosion and Sedimentation Control
r~C-~
,
I
\
or additional devices to control erosion and sedimentation on the site at no additional
cost to the Owner.
r~
f ~-
l
B. All erosion and sedimentation control devices and structures shall be inspected by the
Contractor at least once a week and immediately prior to each rainfall occurrence. Any
device or structure found to be damaged will be repaired or replaced by the end of the
day. Sediment ponds shall be cleaned out prior to the silt reaching the height or
elevation shown on the Drawings.
['-
C. All erosion and sedimentation control measures and devices shall be constructed and
maintained as indicated on the Drawings or specified herein until adequate permanent
disturbed area stabilization has been provided and accepted by the Engineer. Once
adequate permanent stabilization has been provided and accepted by the Engineer, all
. temporary erosion and sedimentation control structures and devices shall be removed.
r-
1
f
\
3.02 Sediment Control
[
1
A. Construction Exit
r
I
1. Construction exit(s) shall be placed as shown on the Drawings and as directed
by the Engineer. A construction exit shall be located at any point traffic will be
leaving a disturbed area to a public right-of-way, street, alley, sidewalk, or parking
area.
r
I
\
2. Placement of Construction Exit Material: The ground surface upon which the
construction exit material is to be placed shall be prepared to a smooth condition
free from obstructions, depressions or debris. The plastic filter fabric shall be
placed to provide a minimum number of overlaps and a minimum width of one
foot of overlap at each joint. The stone shall be placed with its top elevation
conforming to the surrounding roadway elevations. The stone shall be dropped
no more than three feet during construction.
3. Construction Exit Maintenance: The Contractor shall regularly maintain the exit
with the top dressing of stone to prevent tracking or flow of soil onto public
rights-of-way and paved surfaces as directed by the ~ngineer.
r
L
r
\
4. Construction Exit Removal: Construction exit(s) shall be removed and properly
disposed of when the disturbed area has been properly stabilized, the tracking or
flow of soil onto public rights-of-way or paved surfaces has ceased and as
directed by the Engineer.
B. Sediment Barriers
1. Sediment barriers shall include, but are not necessarily limited to, silt fences, rock
check dams and inlet sediment traps, any device which prevents sediment from
exiting the disturbed area.
2. Silt fences and rock check dams shall not be used in any flowing stream, creek
or river.
I
l '
8/19/08 G003-107\X002125
02125 -7
Erosion and Sedimentation Control
specified otherwise.
r--
I
\
r'..--'
I
( ;
r
(
r-
l
(-
r 4.
l
b. The surface to receive filter fabric shall be prepared to a smooth condition
free from obstructions, depressions and debris. The filter fabric shall be
installed with the long dimension running up the slope and shall be placed
to provide a minimum number of overlaps. The fabric shall be -placed to
provide a minimum width of one foot of overlap at each joint. The fabric
shall be placed so that the upstream strip overlaps the downstream strip.
The fabric shall be anchored in place with securing pins of the type
recommended by the fabric manufacturer. Pins shall be placed on or
within 3-inches of the centerline of the overlap. The fabric shall be placed
loosely to avoid stretching and tearing during placement of the stone. The
fabric shall be protected at all times during construction from clogging due
to clay, silts, chemicals or other contaminants. Contaminated fabric or
fabric damaged during installation or during placement of rip rap shall be
removed and replaced with uncontaminated and 'undamaged fabric at no-
additional cost to the Owner.
Placement of Rip Rap: Rip rap shall be placed on a 6-inch layer of soil, crushed
stone or sand overlaying the filter fabric. Rip rap shall be placed with its top
elevation conforming with the finished grade or the natural existing slope of the
stream bank and stream bottom. The stone shall be dropped no more than three
feet during construction.
a. Stone Rip Rap: Stone rip rap shall be placed to provide a uniform surface
to the thickness shown on the Drawings. The thickness tolerance for the
course shall be -3-inches and +6-inches.
B. Erosion Control Matting
[ 1.
f
I
!
L
2.
Installation of Erosion Control Matting shall be in accordance with the details as
shown on the drawings and Georgia Department of Transportation Standard
Specifications, Section 713. Areas to receive matting are as shown on the
drawings or as directed by the Engineer.
All areas that receive matting shall be seeded and fertilized in accordance with
the requirements of this Section.
B. Grassing
1. Grassing shall meet the requirements of Section 700 of the Georgia Department
of Transportation Standard Specifications, latest edition, unless specified
otherwise.
2. Seed rate, fertilization and other requirements shall be provided as shown on the
Drawings.
3. Temporary Stabilization: Temporary stabilization shall be provided as shown on
the Drawings and conforming to these Specifications to control erosion on the
site. Temporary stabilization shall be provided to any area which will not receive
8/19/08 G003-107\X002125
Section 02130
Vertical Extraction Wells
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
A. Scope of Work: The CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, equipment, materials, and
appurtenances necessary to drill, install and make ready landfill gas (LFG) extraction
wells and wellheads as specified herein and as indicated on the Plans.
B. The perforated pipe, bentonite seals, stone, and soil backfill packs shall be set at
depths shown on the Plans or as designated in the field by the ENGINEER. It is
expected that combustible, asphixiant, and hazardous gases will be venting from
boreholes drilled to install LFG extraction wells. The CONTRACTOR's bid price shall
include provision for all equipment and procedures necessary to safely install wells
under this condition. All work shall be performed by qualified workers in accordance
with the best standards and practices available.
C. CONTRACTOR shall dispose of all construction and drilling waste materials as
directed by the OWNER, at the landfill working face during normal operating hours.
1.02 Quality Assurance
A. Referenced Standards:
1. ASTM International (ASTM):
a. C136, Standard Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates
b. C702, Standard Practice for Reducing Field Samples of Aggregate to Testing
Size
c. D2487, Standard Test Method for Classification of Soils for Engineering
Purposes
d. D2487, Standard Practice for Description for Soils (Visual-Manual Procedure)
e. D2922, Standard Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate In-Place
by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)
f. D4318, Standard Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index
of Soils
g. D1693 - Test Method for Environmental Stress Cracking of Ethylene Plastics.
h. D2488, Standard Practice for Description and Identification of Soils (Visual
Manual Procedure).
i. 02513, Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings.
j. D2683, Standard Specification for Socket-Type Polyethylene Fittings for
Outside Diameter - Controlled Polyethylene Pipe and Tubing.
k. D3261, Standard Specification for Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE Plastic
Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing.
I. D3350 - Specification for Polyethylene Plastic Pipe and Fittings Material.
m. D421, Standard Practice for Dry Preparation of Soil Samples for Particle-Size
Analysis and Determination of Soil Constants.
n. D422, Standard Test Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils.
o. D4220, Standard Practices for Preserving and Transporting Soil Samples.
p. F480, Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Water Well Casing Pipe and
Couplings Made in Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR).
7/25/08 G003-107\XD02130
02130 - 3
Vertical Extraction Wells
r-
I
l
2. TriLoc Casing and Screen, Brainard-Kilman.
3. Bonding Agent, SICA Corporation.
4. Pleo
5. ISCO Industries
6. CSRlHydroconduit
7. Lee Supply
8. Ferguson Industrial Plastics
2.02
Materials
A. Well Casing as specified in Section 02745.
f
r--
I
r
\
B. Well Screen:
1. Same material and dimensions as casing.
2. ~-inch by 3-inch long slots
3. Slots to be factory installed. No slots to be installed in the field.
4. 20 foot lengths, or as needed. Field cutting will be allowed as long as cuts are
clean, perpendicular to the pipe, and do not affect the integrity of the well screen.
C. HDPE Jointing shall be butt fused per Section 02745.
{o-
I
L
D. Gravel Filter Pack:
1. Clean washed stone with a maximum of 2% calcium carbonate content. Stone
, shall be free of organics, lumps of clay or silt, and other deleterious materials.
2. Stone shall have a gradation as follows:
Sieve Size % Passing
2" 100
1-1/2" 90
r ' 1"
I 35
L
3/4" 5
I'
I 3/8" 0
I
L
E. Bentonite Seal:
1. Pellet or chip form of sodium bentonite that shall consist of clay greater than 85%
sodium montmorillonite, without additives.
2. Bentonite shall be hydrated per manufacturer's instructions prior to backfilling with
soil.
3. Under no circumstances will the use of granular bentonite be permitted.
F. Backfill Material:
1. Soil backfill material shall be granular material free of clay, sticks, roots organic
material from an onsite source.
7/25/08 G003-107\X002130
[-
02130 - 5
Vertical Extraction Wells
r-
I
t
dimensions specified in the Contract Drawings shall be approved by the
ENGINEER and documented in the record drawings by the CONTRACTOR.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall provide at all times a thoroughly experienced, competent
driller during all operations at the drill site.
3. The CONTRACTOR must use diy drilling equipment.
r
t_"
B. Well Hole Construction:
1. Drill wells using a minimum 36 in. OD core-grab bucket auger. Alternate drilling
, methods must be pre-approved by the Engineer.
2. If a layer of sand is encountered while boring, drilling shall immediately cease and
contact the ENGINEER.
3. All gas extraction well borings shall extend to the depth indicated on the Drawings.
Under no circumstances, are the drilling depths from the well schedule on the
Drawings to be eeeded unless approved by the ENGINEER in advance.
a. Wet Borings:
1) The ENGINEER shall be notified of wet boring conditions.
2) If water is encountered in a boring, the CONTRACTOR may be
directed by the ENGINEER to drill beyond the point at which it was
encountered. If wet conditions remain, at the direction of the
ENGINEER, the boring may be terminated (after driller has
attempted to advance boring for 3 hours) and the length of
perforated pipe adjusted by the ENGINEER. If wet conditions
cease (e.g. due to perched water layer), then drilling will continue
to the design depth.
3) If water is encountered in a boring at a shallow depth, the
ENGINEER may decrease the well depth and length of perforated
pipe, or relocate the well.
b. Abandoned Borings
1) If in the opinion of the ENGINEER, the borehole has not reached a
sufficient depth to function as an effective extraction well, the
CONTRACTOR shall abandon this borehole by backfilling it with
cuttings removed during drilling. Soil shall be backfilled and
compacted to ground surface. CONTRACTOR shall supply
additional soil backfill to refill any settlement within the abandoned
borehole, as approved by the OWNER and ENGINEER.
2) If cuttings are unsuitable as backfill (for example, box springs,
tires, etc.) the CONTRACTOR shall use soil backfill material.
3) Compensation for abandoned borings shall be at the unit price for
boring refusal as listed in the bid sheet.
c. As soon as drilling is completed, a safety screen shall be placed over the
top of the bore. This screen shall stay in place until backfilling is within 4 feet
of the surface. Safety screen size should be large enough to accommodate
all backfill materials and any tools used during backfill yet not large enough
for any human to accidentally fall through.
d. All bore holes that are not completed at the end of the day are to be covered
with a metal well cover capable of preventing any persons from falling into
the hole. The hole must then be covered with a, piece of plywood to
substantially cover the entire hole. Soil must be placed on top of the
plywood to completely cover the plywood to further prevent gas emissions.
Substitute safety measure may be used if approved by the ENGINEER.
["
[~
(
['
('
f"
[
(
7/25/08 G003-107\X002130
02130 - 7
Vertical Extraction Wells
E. Temporary Cap:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall temporarily cap the riser pipe of the vertical extraction
well immediately after well pipe installation to prevent venting of LFG into the
atmosphere. The CONTRACTOR shall remove this cap during the installation of
the wellheads. Lag screws may be necessary to secure the cap due to the internal
gas pressure within the well.
F. Wellhead Installation:
1. Wellheads shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
Pipe sections of the wellhead shall be air-tight. Any leaks shall be repaired by
CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the OWNER.
2. Install flexible hose so that hose has no sags, as show on the Drawings. However,
flexible hose shall not be taught. Provide enough slack to accommodate minor pipe
settlement, as approved by the ENGINEER.
3. Wellhead to lateral connection shall be made with a 2 inch flexible hose fastened
with 300 stainless steel pipe clamps (or equal).
3.03 Field Quality Control
Submit the following to the Engineer after each day's work.
l_..,'
A. Project Record Documents:
1. Daily driller's report: During the drilling of the well, maintain daily driller's report that
includes:
a. The number of feet drilled.
b. The number of hours on the job.
c. Names of contract personnel on the job.
d. Down time due to breakdown.
e. The foot of casing set.
f. Other pertinent data as may be requested by the Engineer.
2. Driller's log: During the drilling of the well, prepare and maintain a complete log that
includes:
a. The reference point for all depth measurements.
b. The depth at which each soil to refuse change occurs.
c. The thickness of each soil or refuse stratum.
d. The depth at which the leachate is encountered, if applicable.
e. Depth to refuse and depth of undisturbed soil.
f. Visual description of refuse at 5-foot intervals:
1) Type of waste encountered including the estimated percentage of
the following components (by volume) on visual inspection:
a) Plastic/Cardboard
b) Plastic
c) Yard waste
d) Construction debris
e) Textiles
f) Ti res
g) Sludge
h) Dirt
2) Temperature of excavated refuse.
g. Depth of location of any lost drilling material, tools, or any other unusual
occurrences.
7/25/08 G003-107\X002130
Section 02140
Dewatering
Part 1 General
r~~<
1.01 Scope
I.
I
A. This Section shall apply to all excavation, except trench excavation.
B.
Construct all permanent work in areas free from water. Design, construct and maintain
all wells, pumps, vacuum systems, sumps, dikes, levees, cofferdams and diversion
and drainage channels as necessary to maintain the areas free from water and to
protect the areas to be occupied by permanent work from water damage. Remove
temporary works after they have served their purpose.
c.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the stability of all temporary and permanent
slopes, grades, foundations, materials and structures during the course of the
Contract. Repair and replace all slopes, grades, foundations, materials and structures
damaged by water, both surface and subsurface, to the lines, grades and conditions
existing prior to the damage, at no additional cost to the Owner.
Part 2 Products (Not Used)
Part 3 Execution
(
I
I
3.01
[
Care of Water
A. Except where the excavated materials are designated as materials for permanent
work, material from required excavation may be used for dikes, levees, cofferdams and
other temporary backfill.
B. Furnish, install, maintain and operate necessary pumping and other equipment for
dewatering the various parts of the work and for maintaining the foundation and other
parts free from water as required for constructing each part of the work.
c.
Install all drainage ditches, sumps and pumps to control excessive seepage on
excavated slopes, to drain isolated zones with perched water tables and to drain
impervious surfaces at final excavation elevation.
D. Dewater by means which will insure dry excavations, preserve final lines and grades,
do not disturb or displace adjacent soil.
E. All pumping and drainage shall be done with no damage to property or structures and
without interference with the rights of the public, owners of private property,
pedestrians, vehicular traffic or the work of other contractors, and in accordance with
all pertinent laws, ordinances and regulations.
F. Do not overload or obstruct existing drainage facilities.
G. After they have served their purpose, remove all temporary protective work at a
satisfactory time and in a satisfactory manner. All diversion channels and other
7/25/08 G003-107\X002140
r-
I
I
Section 02200
Earthwork
I~
I
Part 1
General
1.01
Scope
r
(
['~'
! '
[-
A. This Section includes earthwork and related operations, including, but not limited to,
dewatering, excavating all classes of material encountered, pumping, draining and
handling of water encountered in the excavations, handling, storage, transportation and
disposal of all excavated and unsuitable material, construction of fills and
embankments, backfilling around structures and pipe, backfilling all trenches and pits,
compacting, all sheeting, shoring and bracing, preparation of subgrades, surfacing and
grading, and any other similar, incidental, or appurtenant earthwork operations which
may be necessary to properly complete the work. Excavation and backfill of pipe
trenches outside the landfill is described in Section 02225 of these Specifications.
B. The Contractor shall provide all services, labor, materials and equipment required for all
earthwork and related operations necessary or convenient to the Contractor for
furnishing complete work as shown on the Drawings or specified in these Contract
Documents.
1.02 General
A. The elevations shown on the Drawings as existing are taken from the best existing data
and are intended to give reasonably accurate information about the existing elevations.
They are not precise and the Contractor shall become satisfied as to the exact
quantities of excavation and fill required.
r
l
B. Earthwork operations shall be performed in a safe and proper manner with appropriate
precautions being ta~en against all hazards.
C. All excavated and filled areas for structures, trenches, fills, topsoil areas,
embankments, and channels shall be maintained by the Contractor in good condition at
all times until final acceptance by the Owner. All damage caused by erosion, or other
construction operations shall be repaired by the Contractor using material of the same
type as the damaged material.
D. Earthwork within the rights-of-way of the Department of Transportation, the County
Road Department and the respective cities shall be done in accordance with
requirements and provisions of the permits issued by those agencies for the
construction within their respective rights-of-way. Such requirements and provisions,
where applicable, shall take precedence and supersede the provisions of these
Specifications.
E. The Contractor shall control grading in a manner to prevent surface water from running
into excavations. Obstruction of surface drainage shall be avoided and means shall be
provided whereby storm water can be uninterrupted or rerouted through temporary
drains. Free access must be provided to all fire hydrants, watergates, and meters.
8/19/08 G003-107\X002200
r-'
H.
02200 - 3
Earthwork
All earthwork operations shall comply with the requirements of OSHA Construction
Standards, Part 1926, Subpart P, Excavations, Trenching, and Shoring, and Subpart 0,
Motor Vehicles, Mechanized Equipment, and Marine Operations, and shall be
conducted in a manner acceptable to the Engineer.
rw
l
I.
It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has made a thorough investigation of
the surface and subsurface conditions of the site and any special construction. problems
which might arise as a result of nearby watercourses and floodplains, particularly in
areas where construction activities may encounter water-bearing sands and gravels or
limestone solution channels. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all
services, labor, equipment and materials necessary or convenient to the Contractor for
completing the work within the time specified in these Contract Documents.
Part 2 Products
[
L
2.01 Materials and Construction
r'~
A. Earthwork Materials
1. Fill Material, General
a. Approval Required: All fill material shall be subject to the approval of the
Engineer.
b. Notification: For approval of imported fill material, notify the Engineer and
testing laboratory at least one week in advance of intention to import
material, designate the proposed borrow area and permit testing as
necessary to prove the quality of the material.
2. On-Site Fill Material: All on-site fill material shall be soil exclusive of organic
matter, frozen lumps or other deleterious substances It shall contain no rocks or
lumps over 3-inches maximum in dimension.
{
l.
3.
Imported Fill Materials: All imported fill material shall meet the requirements of
on-site fill material.
4. Sand Cushions and Sand Fill: Sand cushions and sand fill shall consist of a
sand-gravel fill of such gradation that 100 percent will pass a 3/8-inch sieve and
not more than 10 percent by weight is lost by washing.
5. Coarse Aggregate or Crushed Stone: Coarse aggregate or crushed stone shall
conform to the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for
Construction of Road and Bridges, 800.01, size No. 57 or NO.4 Stone, as shown
on the Drawings, Group II.
6. Fine Aggregate: All fine aggregate shall conform to the Georgia Department of
Transportation Standard Specifications for Construction of Road and Bridges,
801.01 and shall have the following gradation:
8/19/08 G003-107\X002200
02200 - 5
Earthwork
b. Material for use in the leachate collection layer shall consist of clean earth
material, natural or manufactured, that contains no aggregate, rocks, debris,
plant material, or other solid material larger than 1/4-inch in diameter.
c. Material for use in the leachate collection layer shall have a carbonate
content no greater than five percent.
d. The leachate collection layer shall have a minimum permeability of 1.0 x
10-2 cm/sec when tested in accordance with ASTM D 2434.
e. As an alternate, the leachate collection layer may consist of soil underlain by
a double-sided geocomposite drainage material meeting the requirements of
Section 02779. This soil shall consist of clean earth material, natural or
manufactured, that contains no aggregate, rocks, debris, plant material, or
other solid material larger than 3/4-inch in diameter.
B. Sheeting, Bracing and Timbering: The Contractor shall furnish, place, and maintain all
sheeting, bracing, and timbering required to properly support trenches and other
excavations in open cut, and to prevent all movement of the soil, pavement, structures,
or utilities outside of the trench or pit.
1. General
a. Cofferdams and bracing design, including computations, shall be prepared
before commencing construction operations. Drawings and design
computations shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer
registered in the State of Georgia. The drawings and design computations
shall not be submitted to the Engineer.
b. Sheeting, bracing and timbering shall be so placed as to allow the work to
be constructed to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings and as
ordered by the Engineer.
c. If at any time the method being used by the Contractor for supporting any
material or structure in or adjacent to any excavation is not reasonably
safe, the Contractor shall provide additional bracing and support necessary
to furnish the added degree of safety. ,
d. All sheeting in contact with the concrete or masonry shall be cut off as
directed by the Engineer and left in place.
2. Timber: Timber may be substituted for steel sheet piling, when approved by the
Engineer. Timber for shoring, sheeting, or bracing shall be sound, and free of
large or loose knots, and in good condition. Size and spacing shall be in
accordance with OSHA regulations.
3. Steel Sheet Piling: Steel sheet piling shall be the continuous interlock type. The
weight, depth, and section modulus of the sheet piling shall be sufficient to
restrain the loads of earth pressure and surcharge from existing foundations
and/or live loads. The procedure for installation and bracing shall be so
8/19/08 G003-107\X002200
02200 - 7
Earthwork
2. Properly support all excavations in locations indicated on the Drawings and
where necessary to conform to all pertinent rules and regulations, and these
Specifications, even though such locations are not indicated on the Drawings.
3. Exercise care in the removal of sheeting, shoring, bracing, and timbering to
prevent collapse or caving of the excavation faces being supported and damage
to the work and adjacent property.
4. Do not leave any sheeting or bracing in the trench or excavation after completion
of the work, unless approved by the Engineer.
D. Obstructions
1. Remove and dispose of all trees, stumps, roots, boulders, sidewalks, driveways,
pavement, pipes, and the like, as required for the performance of the work.
2. Exercise care in excavating around catch basins, inlets and manholes so as to
not disturb or damage these structures.
3. Avoid removing or loosening castings, or pushing dirt into catch basins, inlets
and manholes.
4. Damaged or displaced structures or casting shall be repaired, replaced, and dirt
entering the structures during the performance of the work shall. be removed at
no additional cost to the Owner.
E. Utilities to be Abandoned
1. When pipes, conduits, sewers, or other structures are removed from the trench
leaving dead ends in the ground, such ends shall be fully plugged or sealed with
brick and non-shrink grout.
2. Abandoned structures, such as manholes or chambers shall be entirely removed
unless otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings.
3. All materials from abandoned utilities, which can be readily salvaged, shall be
removed from the excavation and stored on the site at a location as directed by
the Owner.
4. All salvageable materials will remain the property of the Owner, unless otherwise
indicated by the Owner.
F. Extra Earth Excavation: In case soft or excessively wet material which, in the opinion
of the Engineer, is not suitable, is encountered below the final subgrade elevation of an
excavation or underneath a structure, the Engineer may order the removal of this
material and its replacement with crushed stone or other suitable material in order to
make a suitable foundation for the construction of the structure.
8/19/08 G003-107\X002200
02200 - 9
Earthwork
3.03 Excavating for Structures
A. Earth Excavation: Earth excavation shall include all substances to be excavated.
Earth excavation for structures shall be to limits not less than two feet outside wall lines,
to allow for formwork and inspection, and further as necessary to permit the trades to
install their work. All materials loosened or disturbed by excavation shall be removed
from surfaces to receive concrete or crushed stone.
B. Excavation for Foundations: Footings and slabs on grades shall rest on undisturbed
earth, rock, or compacted materials to insure proper bearing.
1. Unsuitable Foundation Material: Any material, in the opinion of the Engineer,
which is unsuitable for foundation, shall be removed and replaced with
compacted crushed stone, or with compacted fill material as directed by the
Engineer. No, determination of unsuitability will be made until all requirements for
dewatering are satisfactorily met.
2. Foundation in Rock: Foundations for a structure shall be on similar materials.
Should excavation for a foundation be partially in rock, the Contractor shall
undercut that portion of the rock 12-inches and bring the excavation to grade with
compacted crushed stone.
3. Unauthorized Excavation: Care shall be taken that excavation does not extend
below bottom levels of footings or slabs on earth or rock. Should the excavation,
through carelessness or neglect, be carried below such levels, the Contractor
shall fill in the resulting excess excavation with concrete under footings and
compacted crushed stone or other approved material under slabs. Should
excavation be carried beyond outside lines of footings such excess excavation
shall be filled with concrete, or formwork shall be provided, as directed by the
Engineer.
C. Unsuitable Bearing: If suitable bearings for foundations are not encountered at the
elevations indicated on the Drawings, immediately notify the Engineer. Do not proceed
further until instructions are received and necessary measurements made for purposes
of establishing additional volume of excavation.
3.04 Fill
A. Controlled Fill
1. The fill for roadways, parking areas, walks, structures, and building slabs on
grade shall be controlled fill.
2. After the excavated area has been examined by the Engineer, all holes and other
irregularities shall be filled and compacted before the main fill is placed.
3. The fill shall be placed in even layers not exceeding 8-inches loose thickness in
depth, and shall be thoroughly compacted as herein specified.
8/19/08 G003-107\X002200
r-'
j
02200 - 11
Earthwork
the manufacturer.
6. Conduits, pipes, culverts and underdrains shall be neither disturbed nor
damaged by proofrolling operations.
C. Placement
1. Prior to placement of any material in embankments, the area within embankment
limits shall be stripped of topsoil and all unsuitable materials removed in
accordance with this Section. The area shall then be scarified to a depth of at
least 6-inches.
I
l.
2. Fill materials shall be placed in continuous approximately horizontal layers
extending the full width of the embankment cross-section and the full dimension
of the excavation where practical and having a net compacted thickness of not
over 6-inches.
D. Compaction
I-
i
I
1. Fill materials supporting landfill liner, roadways, parking areas, sidewalks,
structures, and buildings, and backfill around structures, buildings, and walls shall
be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of the ASTM D698 maximum dry
density. The top 12-inches of fill material supporting roadways, parking areas,
sidewalks, structures, and buildings shall be compacted to ~ minimum of 98
percent of the ASTM D698 maximum dry density.
2. Compaction of embankments shall be by smoothwheel, pneumatic or tamping
foot rollers.
a. Smooth wheel rollers shall provide 100 percent coverage under the wheel
with ground contact pressure of at least 50 psi.
b. Pneumatic rollers shall be as previously described in this Section.
I
I
c. Tamping foot roller shall provide at least 35 percent coverage under the
wheel. The projected area of each knob and the number and spacing of
the knobs shall be such that the contact pressure of the rollers be at least .
250 psi. Placement and compaction of materials shall extend beyond the
final contours sufficiently to insure compaction of the material at the
resulting final surface. Final contours shall then be achieved by a tracked
bulldozer shaping the face of the embankment.
3. Compaction of backfill around structures shall be accomplished by heavy power
tamping equipment.
4. If tests indicate that density of fill is less than that specified, the area shall be
either recompacted or undercut, filled, and compacted until specified density is
achieved.
5. Compaction of the sand leachate collection blanket will not be required.
8/19/08 G003-107\X002200
['
i
I
i
I
I
r
I
L
02200 -13
Earthwork
3.05 Backfilling
A. Backfill carefully to restore the ground surface to its original condition. Dispose of
excess material in accordance with this Section.
B. Compact backfill underlying roadways, parking areas, sidewalks, structures, and
buildings as specified in Article 3.04 (D) of this Section.
C. Backfilling Around Structures
1. General
Remove debris from excavations before backfilling.
Do not backfill against foundation walls until so directed by the Engineer
nor until all indicated perimeter insulation-and/orwaterproofing is in place. .
Protect such insulation and/or waterproofing during filling operations.
Wherever possible, backfilling shall be simultaneous on both sides of walls
to equalize lateral pressures.
e. Do not backfill against walls until all permanent construction is in place to
furnish lateral support on both top and bottom of wall.
f. Backfilling against walls is to take place after all the concrete in the affected
members has attained the specified strengths.
2. Materials: Backfill material placed against structures built or encountered during
the work of this Section shall be suitable fill material. No broken concrete, bricks,
or similar materials will be permitted as backfill.
3.01 Securing and Placing Topsoil
A.
Utilizing designated stockpiles or borrow areas on site, the Contractor shall place a
minimum of 2 to 3 inches of topsoil over all graded earthen areas outside limits of
landfill cell construction and over any other areas to be seeded. Sources of topsoil
shall be approved by the soils Engineer prior to disturbance.
B. Topsoil shall be secured from areas from which topsoil has not been previously
removed, either by erosion or mechanical methods. Topsoil shall not be removed to
a depth in excess of the depth approved by the Engineer.
C. The area or areas from which topsoil is secured shall possess such uniformity of
soil depth, color, texture, drainage, and other characteristics as to offer assurance
that, when removed the product will be homogeneous in nature and will conform to
the requirements of these Specifications.
8/19/08 G003-107\XD02200
,-'
[- "
,
I
!
02200 -15
Earthwork
D. Treatment After Completion of Grading
1. After grading is completed, permit no further excavation, filling or grading, except
with the approval of the Engineer.
2. Use all means necessary to prevent the ,erosion of freshly graded areas during
construction and until such time as permanent drainage and erosion control
measures have been installed.
3.08 Surface Water Control
A. Regulations and Permits: Obtain all necessary soil erosion control permits in
accordance with the Georgia Soil Erosion and Sedimentation Control Act and all
pertinent rules, laws, and regulations of all applicable federal, state, county, and
municipal regulatory agencies.
B. Unfavorable Weather: Do not place, spread or roll any fill material during unfavorable
weather conditions. Do not resume operations until moisture content and fill density are
satisfactory to the Engineer.
C. Provide berms or channels to prevent flooding of subgrade; Promptly remove all water
collected in depressions.
D. Pumping and Drainage
1. Provide, maintain and use at all times during construction adequate means and
devices to promptly remove and dispose of all water from every source entering
the excavations or other parts of the work.
2. Dewater by means which will insure dry excavations, preserve final lines and
grades, and do not disturb or displace adjacent soil.
3. All pumping and drainage shall be done with no damage to property or structures
and without interference with the rights of the public, owners of private property,
pedestrians, vehicular traffic or the work of other contractors, and in accordance
with all pertinent laws, ordinances, and regulations.
4. Do not overload or obstruct existing drainage facilities.
5. Comply with the requirements of Section 02140 of these Specifications.
3.09 Settlement
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all settlement of backfill, fills, and embankments
which may occur within one year after final acceptance of the work by the Owner.
B. The Contractor shall make, or cause to be made, all repairs or replacements made
necessary by settlement within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Engineer
or Owner.
8/19/08 G003-107\X002200
r--~
I
1
r
r
I",
l
02200 -17
. Earthwork
Table 1
Construction Quality Assurance-Soil Material
Item T estinQ Method Frequency Acceptance Criteria
Structural Fill Field Density (nuclear, sand ASTM D 2922 or 1/10,000 ffllift 95% of Maximum Dry Density
cone, drive cylinderi1) ASTM D 1556 or as Determined by Standard
ASTM D 2937 Proctor
Moisture Content ASTM D 2216 or 1/10,000ffllift
(field test) ASTM D 3017 or
ASTM D 4643 or
ASTM D 4959
Moisture Content ASTM D 2216 Every 10th :!: 3% of optimum
(lab test) Field Moisture Test
Particle Size ASTM D 422 1/10,000 yd3 $3"
or Change in
Material
Atterberg Limits ASTM D4318 1/10,000 yd3 See Text
or Change in
Material
Standard Proctor ASTM D 698 1/10,000 yd3
or Change in
Material
Liner Base Moisture Content ASTM D2216 1/1,000 yd3
Layers, Final Cover Particle Size ASTM D 422 1/1 ,000 yd3 See Text
Material (Borrow Atterberc Limits ASTM D4318 1/5,000 yd3
Source) Permeability ASTM D 5064 1/10,000 yd3 Liner Base: k$1x10,7 em/see
(Remodeled Sample) or Change in
Material
Standard Proctor ASTM D 698 1/5,000 yd3 or
Chance in Material
Liner Base Field Density (nuclear, ASTM D 2922 or 1/10,000 ttllift 95% of Maximum Dry Density
Layers, Final Cover sand cone, drive cylinder) (1) ASTM D 1556 or or as Determined by Standard
Material (Field ASTM D 2937 111ift/200 L.F. of Proctor
Testing) Sidewall
Moisture Content ASTM D 2216 or 1/10,000 tt/lift See Text
ASTM D 3017 or or
ASTM D 4643 or 111ift/200 L.F. of
ASTM D 4959 Sidewall
Anchor Trench Field Density (Nuclear) ASTM D 2922 or 1/500 LF of Trench 95% of Maximum Dry Density
ASTM D 1556 as Determined by Standard
Proctor
Liner Base Moisture Content ASTM D 2216 1/40,000 tt/lift See Text
Final Cover Material or
(Undisturbed Sample) 111ift/800 L.F. of
Sidewall
Permeability ASTM D 5064 1/40,000 ttllift Liner Base: k$1x10.7 em/see
or
111ift/800 L.F. of
Sidewall
8/19/08 G003-107\X002200
02225 - 2
Trench Excavation and Backfill
Method" or ASTM D 2922, "Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate In Place by Nuclear
Methods {Shallow Depth)".
B. Sources and Evaluation Testing: Testing of materials to certify conformance with the
Specification requirements shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory at
no cost to the Owner. The Contractor's testing laboratory shall perform tests, at no cost
to the Owner, upon change of source and at sufficient intervals during the work to
certify conformance of all select material furnished for use on this Project.
1.03 Safety
Perform all trench excavation and backfilling activities in accordance with the
Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (PL 91-596), as amended. The Contractor
shall pay particular attention to the Safety and Health Regulations Part 1926, Subpart P
"Excavation, Trenching & Shoring" as described in OSHA 2226 and 2004 Georgia
Legislative Session House Bill 1300.
Part 2 Products
2.01
Trench Foundation Materials
Trench backfill shall consist of general structural fill placed and compacted in
accordance with Section 02200 of these Specifications.
2.02 Bedding and Haunching Materials
A. Clean dry sand used for pipe bedding and haunching shall meet the requirements of
the Georgia Department of Transportation Specification 801.01.
B. Crushed stone utilized for bedding and haunching shall meet the requirements of the
Georgia Department of Transportation Specification 800.01, Group I (limestone, marble
or dolomite) or Group II (quartzite, granite or gneiss). Stone size shall be No. 57.
C. Earth materials utilized for bedding and haunching shall be suitable materials selected
from materials excavated from the trench. Suitable materials shall be clean and free of
rock larger than 2-inches at its largest dimension, organics, cinders, stumps, limbs,
frozen earth or mud, man-made wastes and other unsuitable materials. Should the
material excavated from the trench be saturated, the saturated material may be used
as earth material, provided it is allowed to dry properly and it is capable of meeting the
specified compaction requirements. .When necessary, earth bedding and haunching
materials shall be moistened to facilitate compaction by tamping. If materials
excavated from the trench are not suitable for use as bedding or haunching material,
provide select material conforming to the requirements of this Section at no additional
cost to the Owner.
07/25/08 G003-107\XD02225
r-
I
r~'
I
I
r'"
I '
r~'
I '
[
r,
i'"
I
[
I
I
\,
\ '
I
I
L
}
(ip.'
I
~
I
r -,
I ,
1 '
L
02225 - 3
Trench Excavation and Backfill
2.03 Initial Backfill
A. Initial backfill material shall be crushed stone or earth materials as specified for bedding
and haunching materials.
B. Earth materials utilized for initial backfill shall be suitable materials selected from
materials excavated from the trench. Suitable materials shall be clean and free of rock
larger than 2-inches at its largest dimension, organics, cinders, stumps, limbs, frozen
earth or mud, man-made wastes and other unsuitable materials. Should the material
excavated from the trench be saturated, the saturated material may be used as earth
material, provided it is allowed to dry properly and it is capable of meeting the specified
compaction requirements. When necessary, initial backfill materials shall be moistened
to facilitate compaction by tamping. If materials excavated from the trench are not
suitable for use as initial backfill material, provide select material conforming to the
requirements of this Section.
2.04 Final Backfill
Final backfill material shall be general excavated earth materials, shall not contain rock
larger than 2-inches at its greatest diameter, cinders, stumps, limbs, man-made wastes
and other unsuitable materials. If materials excavated from the trench are not suitable
for U$e as final backfill material, provide select material conforming to the requirements
of this Section.
2.05 Select Backfill
Select backfill shall be materials which meet the requirements as specified for bedding,
haunching, initial backfill or final backfill materials, including compaction requirements.
2.06 Concrete
Concrete for bedding, haunching, initial backfill or encasement shall be Class liB"
concrete in accordance with Georgia Department of Transportation Standard
Specifications, Section 713.
2.07 Woven Type Filter Fabric
A. Filter fabric associated with bedding shall be a polypropylene woven fabric. The fabric
shall be a high modulus type with good separation capabilities. The fabric shall be inert
to biological degradation and naturally occurring chemicals, alkalies and acids.
07/25/08 G003-107\X002225
/ [
I
I
I
1
i
j
I
i
J
,. \
I
I
I
I
__1
3.02
02225 - 5
Trench Excavation and Backfill
Contractor's tamping and compaction equipment, intentional over-excavation due
to the size of the Contractor's excavation equipment, or other reasons beyond the
control of the Engineer or Owner.
D. Depth
1. The trenches shall be excavated to the required depth or elevation which allow
for the placement of the pipe and bedding to the thickness shown on the
Drawings.
E. Excavated Materials
1. Excavated materials shall be placed adjacent to the work to be used for
backfilling as required. Topsoil shall be carefully separated and lastly placed in
its original location.
2. Excavated material shall be placed sufficiently back from the edge of the
excavation to prevent caving of the trench wall, to permit safe access along the
trench and not cause any drainage problems. Excavated material shall be placed
so as not to damage existing landscape features or man-made improvements.
Trenching Excavation within Waste Limits
A. In addition to the requirements of paragraph 3.01 of this section the
CONTRACTOR shall meet the following requirements..
B.
The CONTRACTOR shall not excavate for pipe installation during inclement
weather
C. The existing landfill cover is intermediate cover but may consist of different
soil types to promote vegetation. When excavating the trench, the
CONTRACTOR shall carefully segregate the different soils. If
excavated/segregated soils are determined to be unacceptable by the
ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR may use soils imported from on-site sources
as approved by the ENGINEER.
D. Depth of trench shall be as indicated on the drawings and as needed to
provide minimum pipe slope on the landfill as indicated on the Drawings. The
pipes will be field-located by the CONTRACTOR with approval of the
ENGINEER.
E.
Contractor shall dispose of waste at the working face of the landfill at the end of
each working day. The OWNER will not charge CONTRACTOR a tipping fee, but
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all other costs. Excavated refuse must
be removed immediately during any rain event to prevent stormwater from
contacting the refuse. Contractor may containerize waste and tarp over night.
07/25/08 G003-107\XD02225
02225 - 7
Trench Excavation and Backfill
the Engineer it cannot be safely removed. Cut off any sheeting left in place at least two
feet below the surface.
3.03 Dewatering Excavations
A. Dewater excavation continuously to maintain a Water level two feet below the bottom of
the trench.
B. Control drainage in the vicinity of excavation so the ground surface is properly pitched
to prevent water running into the excavation.
C. There shall be sufficient pumping equipment, in good working order, available at all
times, to remove any water that accumulates in excavations. Where the pipe line
crosses natural drainage channels, the work shall be conducted in such a manner that
unnecessary damage or delays in the prosecution of the work will be prevented.
Provision shall be made for the satisfactory disposal of surface water 10' prevent
damage to public or private property.
D. In all cases, accumulated water in the trench shall be removed before placing bedding
or haunching, laying pipe, placing concrete or backfilling.
E. Where dewatering is performed by pumping the water from a sump, crushed stone
shall be used as the medium for conducting the water to the sump. Sump depth shall
be at least two feet below the bottom of the trench, Pumping equipment shall be of
sufficient quantity and/or capacity to maintain the water level in the sump two feet below
the bottom of the trench. Pumps shall be a type such that intermittent flows can be
discharged. A standby pump shall be required in the event the operating pump or
pumps clog or otherwise stop operation.
F. Dewater by use of a well point system when pumping from sumps does not lower the
water level two feet below the trench bottom. Where soil conditions dictate, the
Contractor shall construct well points cased in sand wicks. The casing, 6 to 10-inches
in diameter, shall be jetted into the ground, followed by the installation of the well point,
filling casing with sand and withdrawing the casing.
3.04 Trench Foundation and Stabilization
A. 'The bottom of the trench shall provide a foundation to support the pipe and its specified
bedding. The trench bottom shall be graded to support the pipe and bedding uniformly
throughout its length and width.
B. If, after dewatering as specified above, the trench bottom is spongy, or if the trench
bottom does not provide firm, stable footing and the material at the bottom of the trench
will still not adequately support the pipe, the trench will be determined to be unsuitable
and the Engineer shall then authorize payment for trench stabilization.
C. Should the undisturbed material encountered at the trench bottom constitute, in the
opinion of the Engineer, an unstable foundation for the pipe, the Contractor shall be
required to remove such unstable material and fill the trench to the proper subgrade
07/25/08 G003-107\X002225
I
l
I
" f
I
02225 - 9
Trench Excavation and Backfill
minimum depth as shown on the Drawings, below the bottom of the pipe barrel.
Place and compact bedding material to the proper grade. Haunching material
shall then be carefully placed by hand and compacted to provide full support
under and up to the centerline of the pipe.
3. Class "C" (Bedding Factor - 1.5): Excavate the bottom of the trench flat at a
minimum depth as shown on the Drawings, below the bottom of the pipe barrel.
Place and compact bedding material to the proper grade. Haunching material
shall then be carefully placed by hand and compacted to provide full support
under and up to a height of one-fourth the outside diameter of the pipe above the
bottom of the pipe barrel.
4. HDPE Pipe: Excavate the bottom of the trench flat at a minimum depth as
shown on the Drawings, below the bottom of the pipe barrel. Place and compact
bedding material to the proper grade. Haunching material shall be carefully
placed by hand and compacted to provide full support under and up to 18-inches
over the top of the pipe for pipe 42-inches in diameter and larger, and 12-inches
over the top of the pipe for pipe 36-inches in diameter and smaller.
5. Type 5: Excavate the bottom of the trench flat at a minimum depth as shown on
the Drawings, below the bottom of the pipe barrel. Place and compact bedding
material to the proper grade before installing pipe. After the pipe has been
brought to the proper grade, haunching material shall be carefully placed by hand
and compacted to the top of the pipe.
E. Manholes: Excavate to a minimum of 12-inches below the planned elevation of the
base of the manhole. Place and compact crushed stone bedding material to the
required grade before constructing the manhole.
F. Excessive Width and Depth
1. Gravity Sewers: If the trench is excavated to excess width, provide the bedding
class with the next higher bedding factor. Crushed stone haunching and initial
backfill may be used in lieu of Class "A" bedding, where Class "A" bedding is
necessitated by excessive trench width.
2. If the trench is excavated to excessive depth, provide crushed stone to place the
bedding at the proper elevation or grade.
G. Compaction: Bedding and haunching materials under pipe, manholes and accessories
shall be compacted to a minimum of 90 percent of the maximum dry density, unless
shown or specified otherwise.
3.06 Initial Backfill
A. Initial backfill shall be placed to anchor the pipe, protect the pipe from damage by
subsequent backfill and ensure the uniform distribution of the loads over the top of the
pipe.
07/25/08 G003-107\X002225
02225 - 11
Trench Excavation and Backfill
3. In 24-inch layers, if using a hydra-hammer.
F. Settlement: If trench settles, re-fill and grade the surface to conform to the adjacent
surfaces.
G. Final backfill shall be compacted to a minimum 90 percent of the maximum dry density,
unless specified otherwise.
3.09 Backfill Under Roads
Compact backfill underlying pavement and sidewalks, and backfill under dirt and gravel
roads to a minimum 95 percent of the maximum dry density. The top 12-inches shall
be compacted to a minimum of 98 percent of the maximum dry density.
3.10 Detection Tape
Where required, detection tape shall be buried 4 to 10-inches beneath the ground
surface directly over the ,top of the pipe. Should detection tape need to be installed
deeper, the Contractor shall provide 3-inch wide tape. In no case shall detection tape
be buried greater than 20-inches from the finished grade surface.
3.11 Testing and Inspection
A. The soil testing will be performed by an independent testing laboratory selected by the
Owner.
B. The soils testing laboratory is responsible for the following:
1. Compaction tests in accordance with Article 1.02 of this Section.
2. Field density tests for each two feet of lift, one test for each 2,000 feet of pipe
installed or more frequently if ordered by the Engineer.
3. Inspecting and testing stripped site, subgrades and proposed fill materials.
C. The Contractors duties relative to testing include:
1. Notifying laboratory of conditions requiring testing.
2. Coordinating with laboratory for field testing.
3. Paying costs for additional testing performed beyond the scope of that required
and for re-testing where initial tests reveal non-conformance with specified
requirements.
4. Providing excavation as necessary for laboratory personnel to conduct tests.
07/25/08 G003-107\X002225
Section (1 )02229
Jack and Bore Crossings
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
A. The work covered by this Section includes furnishing all labor, materials and
equipment required to bore and jack casings and/or pipe and to properly
complete pipeline construction as described herein and/or shown on the
Drawings.
B. Supply all materials and perform all work in accordance with applicable
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), American Water Works
Association (AWWA) , American National Standards Institute (ANSI) or other
recognized standards. Latest revisions of all standards are applicable. If
requested by the Engineer, submit evidence that manufacturer has consistently
produced products of satisfactory quality and performance over a period of at
least two years.
1.02 Submittals
A. If required by the Owner or Engineer, submit shop drawings, product data and
experience.
B. Material Submittals: If required by the Owner or Engineer, the Contractor shall
provide shop drawings and other pertinent specifications and product data as
follows:
1. Shop drawings for casing pipe showing sizes and connection details.
2. Design mixes for concrete and grout.
3. Casing Spacers.
C. Experience Submittals: Boring and jacking casings is deemed to be specialty
contractor work. If the Contractor elects to perform the work, the Contractor
shall provide evidence as required by the General Conditions, if ordered by the
Owner or Engineer. A minimum of five continuous years of experience in bore
and jack casing construction is required of the casing installer. Evidence of this
experience must be provided with the shop drawings for review by the
Engineer.
10/02/08 G003-107\X002229
02229 - 3
Jack and Bore Crossings
2. Type II casing spacers shall be a two-section, flanged, bolt on style
constructed of heat fused PVC coated steel, minimum 14 gauge band and
10 gauge risers, with 2-inch wide glass reinforced polyester insulating
skids, heavy duty PVC inner liner, minimum 0.09-inch thick having a
hardness of 85-90 durometer, and all stainless steel or cadmium plated
hardware.
D. Grout: Cement shall conform to ASTM C 150, Type I or Type II. Grout shall
have a minimum compressive strength of 100 psi attained within 24 hours.
E. Carrier Pipe: All HOPE pipe installed in casings shall meet the requirements
specified in Section 02745 of these Specifications.
F. Surface Settlement Markers: Surface settlement markers within pavement
areas shall be P.K. nails. Surface settlement markers within non-paved areas
shall be wooden hubs.
2.02 Equipment
A cutting head shall be attached to a continuous auger mounted inside the
casing pipe.
Part 3 Execution
3.01 General
A. Interpretation of soil investigation reports and data, investigating the site and
determination of the site soil conditions prior to bidding is the sole responsibility
of the Contractor. Any subsurface investigation by the Bidder or Contractor
must be approved by the appropriate authority having jurisdiction over the site.
B. Casing construction shall be performed so as not to interfere with, interrupt or
endanger roadway surface and activity thereon, and minimize subsidence of
the surface, structures, and utilities above and in the vicinity of the casing.
Support the ground continuously in a manner that will prevent loss of ground
and keep the perimeters and face of the casing, passages and shafts stable.
The Contractor shall be responsible for all settlement resulting from casing
operations and shall repair and restore damaged property to its original or
better condition at no cost to the Owner.
C. Face Protection: The face of the excavation shall be protected from the
collapse of the soil into the casing.
D. Casing Design: Design of the bore pit and required bearing to resist jacking
forces are the responsibility of the Contractor. The excavation method selected
shall be compatible with expected ground conditions. The lengths of the casing
10/02/08 G003-107\XD02229
"
i
i
3.03
,- .>}
i
I
r
C.
[
I
1 D.
i
y
" 3.04
I
A.
i
,J
)
,J
02229 - 5
Jack and Bore Crossings
of water until the backfill operation is in progress. Dewatering shall be
performed in such a manner that removal of soil particles is held to a minimum.
Dewater into a sediment trap and comply with requirements specified in Section
02125 of these Specifications.
Safety
A. Provide all necessary bracing, bulkheads and shields to ensure complete
safety to all traffic, persons and property at all times during the work. Perform
the work in such a manner as to not permanently damage the roadbed or
interfere with normal traffic over it.
B. Observe all applicable requirements of the regulations of the authorities having
jurisdiction over this site. Conduct the operations in such a manner that all
work will be performed below the level of the roadbed.
Perform all activities in accordance with the Occupational Safety and Health Act
of 1970 (PL-596), as amended, applicable regulations of the Federal
Government, OSHA 29CFR 1926 and applicable criteria of ANSI A 10.16-81,
"Safety Requirements for Construction of Tunnel Shafts and Caissons".
Bore pits shall not be left unattended unless proper safety barriers are in place.
Surface Settlement Monitoring
Provide surface settlement markers for casings 24-inches in diameter and
largeL Place marker as specified and as' directed by the EngineeL The
Contractor shall place settlement markers outside of pavement area, along the
centerline of the casing, at 20 foot intervals and offset 1 o feet each, way- from tHe '
centerline of the casing. Markers shall also be placed at each shoulder of the
roadway, at each edge of pavement, at the centerline of the pavement and at
10 and 25 feet in each direction from the centerline of the casing. Tie
settlement markers to bench marks and indices sufficiently removed as not to
be affected by the casing operations.
B. Make observations of surface settlement markers, placed as required herein, at
regular time intervals acceptable to the Engineer. In the event settlement or
heave on any marker exceeds 1-inch, the Contractor shall immediately cease
work and using a method approved by the Engineer and the authority having
jurisdiction over the project site, take immediate action to restore surface
elevations to that existing prior to start of casing operations.
C. Take readings and permanently record surface elevations prior to start of
dewatering operations and/or shaft excavation. The following schedule shall be
used for obtaining and recording elevation readings: all settlement markers,
once a week; all settlement markers within 50 feet ofthe casing heading, at the
10/02/08 G003-107\X002229
ur
,I,
02229 - 7
Jack and Bore Crossings
C. Boring and jacking of casing pipes shall be accomplished by the dry auger
boring method without jetting, sluicing or wetboring.
D. Auger the hole and jack the casing through the soil simultaneously.
"
I
i
y
E. Bored installations shall have a bored-hole diameter essentially the same as
the outside diameter of the casing pipe to be installed.
F'l
ul
F. Execute boring ahead of the casing pipe with extreme care, commensurate
with the rate of casing pipe penetration. Boring may proceed slightly in
advance of the penetrating pipe and shall be made in such a manner to prevent
any voids in the earth around the outside perimeter of the pipe. Make all
investigations and determine if the soil conditions are such as to require the use
of a shield.
1
I
u ,i
G. Any casing pipe damaged in jacking operations shall be repaired, if approved
by the Engineer, or removed and replaced at Contractor's own expense.
h
\
1
H. Lengths of casing pipe, as long as practical, shall be used except as restricted
otherwise. Joints between casing pipe sections shall be butt joints with
complete joint penetration, single groove welds, for the entire joint
circumference, in accordance with AWS recommended procedures. Prior to
welding the joints, the Contractor shall ensure that both ends of the casing
sections being welded are square.
j
\
i
, J
I. The Contractor shall prepare a contingency plan which will allow the use of a
casing lubricant, such as bentonite, in the event excessive frictional forces
jeopardize the successful completion of the casing installation.
, I
J. Once the jacking procedure has begun, it should be continued without stopping
until completed, subject to weather and conditions beyond the control of the
Contractor.
K. Care shall be taken to ensure that casing pipe installed by boring and jacking
method will be at the proper alignment and grade.
r
I
J
L. The Contractor shall maintain and operate pumps and other necessary
drainage system equipment to keep work dewatered at all times.
I
J
M. Adequate sheeting, shoring and bracing for embankments, operating pits and
other appurtenances shall be placed and maintained to ensure that work
proceeds safely and expeditiously. Upon completion of the required work, the
sheeting, shoring and bracing shall be left in place, cut off or removed, as
designated by the Engineer.
i
J
!
i
'._.1
10/02/08 G003-107\X002229
02229 - 9
Jack and Bore Crossings
Installation of Pipe
After canstructian of the casing is complete, and has been accepted by the
Engineer, install the pipeline in accardance with the Drawings and
Specificatians.
Check the alignment and grade af the casing and prepare a plan to set the pipe
at proper alignment, grade and elevatian, withaut any sags ar high spots.
The carrier pipe shall be held in the casing pipe by ane af the fallawing
methads:
1. The carrier pipe shall be held in the casing pipa by the use. of hardwoad
blacks spaced radially around the pipe and secured tagether sa that they
remain firmly in place. The spacing af such blacks langitudinally in the
casing pipe shall nat be greater than 10 feet.
2. The pipe shall be supparted within the casing by use af casing spacers
sized to. limit radial mavement to. a maximum of 1-inch. Provide a
minimum af ane casing spacer per naminal length af pipe. Casing
spacers shall be attached to. the pipe at maximum 18 to. 20 foat intervals.
Clase the ends of the casing with 4-inch brick walls.
Sheeting Removal
I
J
Remave sheeting used far sharing from the shaft and aff the jab site. The
remaval af sheeting, sharing and bracing shall be dane in such a manner as
not to. endanger ar damage either new ar existing, ~tructures, private ar public
properties and also. to. avaid cave-ins ar sliding in the banks.
END OF SECTION
I
..1
10102/08 G003-107\X002229
Section 0251 0
Asphalt Concrete Pavement
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
,
!
"
I 1.02
r
A.
~.
1.03
A.
I 1.04
-.
f .A.
.,
I
I
./
:J
1
,,J
I
,]
The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to
construct asphalt concrete pavements to the grades and cross-sections shown on the
Drawings and as specified herein.
Quality Assurance
Use only materials which are furnished by a bulk asphalt concrete producer regularly
engaged in production of hot-mix, hot-laid asphalt concrete.
Comply with applicable requirements of Georgia Department of Transportation,
Standard Specifications for Construction of Roads and Bridges.
Submittals
Certificates: Provide certificates stating that materials supplied comply with,
Specifications. Certificates shall be signed by the asphalt producer and the Contractor.
Conditions
Weather Limitations
1. Apply bituminous prime and tack coats only when the ambient temperature in the
shade has been at least 40 degrees F.
2. Do not conduct paving operations when surface is wet, frozen or contains excess
of moisture which would prevent uniform distribution and required penetration.
>
3. Construct asphaltic' courses only when atmospheric temperature in the shade is
above 35 degrees F, when the underlying base is dry and when weather is not
rainy.
4.
Place base course when air temperature is above 35 degrees F and rising. No
base course shall be placed on a frozen or muddy subgrade.
B. Grade Control: Establish and maintain the required lines and grades for each course
during construction operations.
7/25/08 G003-1 07\X00251 0
02510 - 3
Asphalt Concrete Paving
5. The compacted base shall have sufficient stability to support construction traffic
without pumping.
')
6. If compacted base becomes unstable as a result of too much moisture, the base
material and underlying subgrade, if necessary, shall be dried and reworked to a
moisture content that can be recompacted.
B. Loose and Foreign Material
0),
I
I
)
1. Remove loose and foreign material from surface immediately before application
of paving.
2. Use power brooms or blowers, and hand brooming as required.
\
\
..
3. Do not displace surface material.
C.
Prime Coat
1. Uniformly apply at a rate of 0.20 to 0.50 gallon per square yard over compacted
and cleaned subbase surface.
2. Apply enough material to penetrate and seal, but not flood the surface.
I
I
)
3. Allow to cure and dry as long as required to attain penetration and evaporation of
volatile, and in no case less than 24 hours unless otherwise acceptable to the
Engineer.
4. Blot excess asphalt with just enough sand to prevent pick-up under traffic.
5. Remove loose sand before paving.
1
D. Tack Coat
i
_J
1. Dilute material with equal parts of water and apply to contact surfaces of
previously constructed asphalt concrete or Portland cement concrete and similar
surfaces.
"
l
I
I
-.1
2. Apply at a rate of 0.05 to 0.15 gallon per square yard of surface.
I l
J
3. Apply tack coat by brush to contact surfaces of curbs, gutters, manholes, and
other structures projecting into or abutting asphalt concrete pavement.
.J
4. Allow surfaces to dry until material is at condition of tackiness to receive
pavement.
E. Clean and Repair Pavement Overlay Area
)
.J
1. Remove loose and foreign material from surface immediately before application
of paving.
I
I
...!
7/25/08 G003-1 07\X00251 0
":
r .'1
f
r
\
J
'1
I
J
.)
)
(
.J
\
J
J
I
I
\
.J
1
, i
J
J
3.04
02510 - 5
Asphalt Concrete Paving
F. Hand Placing
1. Spread, tamp, and finish mixture using hand tools in areas where machine
spreading is not possible, as acceptable to Engineer.
2. Place mixture at a rate that will ensure handling and compaction before mixture
becomes cooler than acceptable working temperature.
G. Joints
1. Carefully make joints between old and new pavements, or between successive
days work, to ensure a continuous bond between adjoining work.
2. Construct joints to have same texture, density and smoothness as adjacent
sections of asphalt concrete course.
3. Clean contact surfaces free of sand, dirt, or other objectionable material and
apply tack coat.
4. Offset transverse joints in succeeding courses not less than 24-inches.
5. Cut back edge of previously placed course to expose an even, vertical surface
for full course thickness.
6. Offset longitudinal joints in succeeding courses not less than 6-inches.
7. When the edges of longitudinal joints are irregular, honeycombed, or
inadequately compacted, cut back unsatisfactory sections to expose an even,
vertical surface for full course thickness.
Asphaltic Concrete Compaction
A. Provide sufficient rollers to obtain the required pavement density.
B. Begin rolling operations as soon after placing as the mixture will bear weight of roller
without excessive displacement.
C. Do not permit heavy equipment, including rollers to stand on finished surface before it
has thoroughly cooled or set.
D. Compact mixture with hot hand tampers or vibrating plate compactors in areas
inaccessible to rollers.
E. Start rolling longitudinally at extreme lower side of sections and proceed toward center
of pavement. Roll to slightly different lengths on alternate roller runs.
F. Do not roll centers of sections first under any circumstances.
G. Breakdown Rolling
7/25/08 G003-1 07\X00251 0
02510 - 7
Asphalt Concrete Paving
B. Protection
1. After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic on asphalt concrete pavement
until it has cooled and hardened, and in no case no sooner than six hours.
2. Provide barricades and warning devices as required to protect pavement and the
general public.
C. Maintenance: The Contractor shall maintain the surfaces of pavements until the
acceptance of the Project. Maintenance shall include replacement, overlay, milling and
reshaping as necessary to prevent raveling of the road material, the preservation of
smooth surfaces and the repair of damaged or unsatisfactory surfaces, to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.
3.06 Supervision and Approval
A. Failure of Pavement: Should any pavement restoration or repairs fail or settle during
the life of the Contract, including the bonded period, promptly restore or repair defects.
END OF SECTION
7/25/08 G003-1 07\X00251 0
1.
I
~
lo-,
\
I
1
I
. J
I
.~
[
J
I
_~..J
I
;
I
_J
Section 02601
Testing Piping Systems
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
A This Section covers the requirements for Contractor's testing gravity and pressure
piping systems not specified under other sections.
B. Tests shall be performed on, but not limited to, the following:
1. Force Mains
2. All Perforated and Non-Perforated PVC and HOPE Piping Systems
C. All tests require the presence of the Engineer.
D. If the installation fails to meet test requirements, the Contractor shall, at Contractor's
expense, determine the source of leakage and make repairs as necessary to eliminate
leakage and retest as directed.
E. All costs for the testing shall be borne by the Contractor.
F. Advise the Engineer at least 48 hours before tests are to be conducted.
Part 2 Products
2.01 Miscellaneous
All other equipment not particularized herein shall be the best of their particular class
and suited for the intended use.
Part 3; Execution
3.01 General
A. If the specified rate of leakage is exceeded, on test, the Contractor shall locate the
points of excessive leakage and institute appropriate measure of correction, whereupon
the length of pipeline shall be retested and this procedure continued until test
requirements are met.
B. Unless specified otherwise the following tests shall be performed as directed by
Engineer:
1. Hydrostatic Testing
a. All leachate force main, air supply lines, and gas headers.
7/25/08 G003-107\X002601
')
I
\ I.
I
1
\
I
J
)
I
.J
1
!
, 1
,
, )
J
"
!
j
3.03
02601 - 3
Testing Piping Systems
H. Hydrostatic test pressures shall be as follows:
System
Pressure Test Rating (psi)
Non-pressure Leachate Piping
50
Pressure Leachate Piping (force main)
100
Fabricated HDPE & all Manholes
Structure filled with water
1.
The pressure shall be maintained within a maximum variation of 5 percent during
the entire leakage test.
2. Leakage measurements shall not be started until a constant test pressure has
been established.
3. The test shall be conducted for a minimum of six hours.
The tested section will not be accepted if it has a leakage rate in excess of that rate
determined by the formula, except that no leakage will be allowed where flanged,
socket solvent welded, or butt fusion joints are used:
L =0.00027 NDp, in which;
L=
Maximum permissible leakage rate, in gallons per hour throughout the
entire length of line being tested.
Number of gasketed joints (two for each flexible coupling joint) in the line
under test.
Nominal internal diameter (in inches) of the pipe.
The square root of the actual pressure in psig on all joints in the tested
portion of the line. This actual pressure shall be determined by finding ,the'
difference between the average -elevation of all tested pipe joints and the
elevation head to the authorized test pressure.
N=
D=
p=
Deflection Testing
Test HDPE lines for excessive deflection by passing a mandrel through the line with a
diameter equal to 75 percent of the nominal inside diameter of HOPE pipe. Excavate
and install properly any section of pipe not passing this test. Re-test until results are
satisfactory. This test shall be performed within the first 30 days of installation and
during final inspection, at the completion of this Contract.
END OF SECTION
7/25/08 G003-107\X002601
'J
I
I
I
j
1
.1
"
I
I
)
)
)
I
,
.)
I
J
Part 1
1.01
Section 02700
Landfill Piping Systems
General
Scope
This work shall consist of the construction of landfill piping systems in accordance with
these Specifications. Piping systems shall be constructed at locations shown on the
Drawings and in reasonably close conformity to the lines and grades indicated thereon,
or as directed by the Engineer. The work shall include all necessary excavation and
backfill together with such work and materials as may be necessary to make
connections with other drainage structures as shown on the Drawings.
1.02 Submittals
A. All submittals shall be clearly marked as to what is to be provided. Submittals not so
marked will be returned. The Contractor shall submit:
1.
Product data with the following information on each of the pipe types provided:
a. Indicate compliance with applicable ASTM standard.
b.
Unit weight.
c. Wall thickness.
d.
Diameter.
e. Physical dimensions.
f. Method of jointing with instructions.
g.
Nominal pipe joint lengths.
-
h. Recommended bedding and installation details.
i. Instructions and tables or information on strength of each pipe type versus
bury conditions of depth and traffic loadings.
Manufacturer's certificate of compliance. The Engineer requires certified lab data
from the manufacturer to verify the physical properties of the materials supplied
under this specification and Engineer, at his own expense, may take random
samples for testing by an independent laboratory.
Pipe work in structures shall be detailed by the Contractor to conform to the
general arrangement shown on the plans and to fit the equipment to be provided.
Shop drawings of pipe layout and equipment shall be submitted to the Engineer
and approved prior to installation.
07/25/08 G003-107\X002700.
i
I
J
,
)
i
I,
J
I
\
.J
J
'I
\
J
02700 - 3
Landfill Piping Systems
C. Products shall have HDPE pipe penetrations and stub-outs for flange or butt fusion
connections as shown on the Drawings. Stub-outs and penetrations shall be extrusion
welded to the wall of the product. All stub-outs and penetrations inside and outside
shall be installed by the manufacturer or fabricator.
D. Structures shall be designed by the manufacturer for all loading conditions resulting
from dead and live loads as well as loading conditions resulting from transportation,
installation, or flotation.
Part 3 Execution
3.01 Pipe Installation
The pipe material listed herein shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and the requirements of these Specifications.
3.02 Location and Grade
A. The Drawings show the alignment of the piping and the location of other
appurtenances.
B. Construction Staking
1. The location of principal components of the work are shown on the Drawings.
The Contractor shall be responsible for performing all survey work required for
construction, including the establishment of base lines and any detailed surveys
and bench marks adjacent to the work. Base lines shall be defined as the line to
which the location of the work is referenced, i.e. edge of pavement, road
centerline, property line, right-of-way or survey line. This work shall include the
staking out of permanent and temporary easements to insure that the Contractor
is not deviating from the designated easements.
2. The level of detail of survey required shall be that which the correct location of
the site piping can be established for construction.
C. Reference Points: The Contractor shall take all precautions necessary, which includes,
but is not necessarily limited to, installing reference points, in order to protect and
preserve the centerline or baseline established by the Owner.
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage done to reference points, base
lines, center lines and temporary bench marks, and shall be responsible for the cost of
re-establishment of reference points, base lines, center lines and temporary bench
marks as a result of the operations.
07/25/08 G003-107\X002700
02700 - 5
Landfill Piping Systems
accordance with the manufacturers recommendations.
11. Cutting Pipe: Cut pipe using a suitable saw; remove all burrs and smooth the
end before jointing. The Contractor shall cut the pipe and bevel the end, as
necessary, to provide the correct length of pipe necessary for installing the
fittings, accessories and closure pieces in the correct location.
B. Alignment and Gradient
1. Lay pipe straight in alignment and gradient or follow true curves as nearly as
practicable. Do not deflect any joint more than the maximum deflection
recommended by the manufacturer.
2. Maintain a transit, level and accessories on the job to layout angles and ensure
that deflection allowances are not exceeded.
3. The Contractor shall check the invert elevation for gravity sewers at each
manhole at least three times daily, start, mid-day and end of day. Elevations
shall be checked more frequently if more than 100 feet of pipe is installed in a day
or if the pipe is being constructed at minimum slope.
4. The Contractor shall check the horizontal alignment of the sewers at the same
schedule as for invert elevations.
3.04 HOPE Manhole and Structure Installation
Fabricated products shall be installed in accordance with the fabricator's/
manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the Drawings.
3.05 Thrust Restraint
A. Provide restraint at all points where hydraulic thrust may develop.
B. Retainer Glands: Provide retainer glands where shown on the Drawings and at all
associated fittings, valves and related piping. Retainer glands shall be installed in
accordance with the manufacturers recommendations, particularly, the required torque
of the set screws. The Contractor shall furnish a torque wrench to verify the torque on
all set screws which do not have inherent torque indicators.
C. Concrete Blocking
1. Provide concrete blocking for all bends, tees, valves, and other points where
thrust may develop, except where other exclusive means of thrust restraint are
specifically shown on the Drawings.
2. Concrete shall be Class "A" as specified in Section 03300 of these
Specifications.
3. Form and pour concrete blocking at fittings as shown on the Drawings and as
07/25/08 G003-107\X002700
Section 02710
Underdrains and Subsurface Drainage
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
This work shall consist of the construction of underdrains composed of stone, gravel,
and perforated drainpipe. They shall be constructed in accordance with these
Specifications, on prepared foundations at the locations shown on the Drawings and in
reasonably close conformity to the lines and grades indicated thereon, or as directed by
the Engineer. The work shall include all necessary excavation and backfill together
with such work and materials as may be necessary to make connections with other
drainage structures as shown on the Drawings.
Part 2 Products
2.01 Materials
A. Materials used in this construction, in addition to meeting the general stipulations of
these Specifications, shall meet the requirements below.
B. Pipe used for underdrains shall be as specified on the Drawings and shall meet the
requirements of Section 02745, Part 2.
C. Crushed stone and washed gravel shall conform to GDOT Standard Specifications for
Construction and Bridged, 800.01, size No.4 stone, Group II.
2.02 Kinds and Sizes of Underdrains
Underdrains shall be of the kinds specified. Unless otherwise specified, circular pipe
for underdrains shall have a diameter of 6-inches. In the case of the pipe, the size shall
be understood to mean the nominal inside diameter.
Part 3 Execution
3.01 Equipment
All equipment necessary for the satisfactory performance of th.e work shall be on the
Project and approved by the Engineer before construction will be permitted to begin.
3.02 Aggregate Underdrains
A. The trench to receive the aggregate shall be excavated at the locations shown on the
Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. In case the size and dimensions are not
shown, the trench shall be 12-inches wide at the bottom with sides flared at a rate of
about 3-inches per 12-inches in depth. The trench shall be deep enough to intercept
the water-bearing strata and in no case shall it be less than 16-inches deep. The
bottom of the trench shall be finished smooth and uniform.
07/25/08 G003-1 07\X00271 0
Section 02720
Storm Sewers and Pipe Culverts
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
The work covered in this Section shall include the furnishing and laying of precast
concrete pipe or corrugated metal pipe with fittings as called for on the Drawings and
specified, including trench excavation and backfill.
1.02 Quality Assurance
A. Each length of pipe, each fitting and special fitting shall be inspected by an
independent commercial testing laboratory acceptable to the Engineer prior to delivery.
Each joint of pipe and each special shall be stenciled or otherwise clearly and legibly
marked with the laboratory's mark of acceptance.
B. Each pipe shall be clearly marked as required by the governing ASTM standard
specifications to show its class or gauge, date of manufacture, and the name or
trademark of the manufacturer. Elliptical reinforced concrete pipe shall be clearly
marked top and bottom and the minor axis clearly noted on the interior surface of the
pipe.
C. Any pipe or specials which have been broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged before
or after delivery or which have failed to meet the required tests shall be removed from
the site and shall not be used therein.
Part 2 Products
2.01 . Pipe
A. Pipe and special fittings shall be furnished in sizes, types and classes at the locations
shown on the Drawings, and/or specified herein.
B. All pipe and special fittings shall be of all new materials which have not been previously
used.
2.02 High Density Polyethylene Pipe
A. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe used for storm drainage shall be in
accordance with Section 02745 of these specifications.
2.03 Concrete Pipe
A. Concrete pipe less than 12-inches in diameter shall be non-reinforced concrete pipe
conforming to ASTM C 14.
B. Concrete pipe 12-inches and larger in diameter shall be reinforced concrete pipe
conforming to ASTM C 76. All pipe shall be Class III unless shown otherwise on the
Drawings. Minimum wall thickness design shall correspond to Wall C.
08/19/08 G003-107\XD02720
j
I
i
)
,
I
i
J
I
\
j
I
J
02720 - 3
Storm Sewers and Pipe Culverts
C. Where concrete cradle is used, the pipe shall be laid on concrete saddles so
constructed as to provide both vertical and lateral support for the pipe while the cradle
is being placed. Pipe supports of wood blocks, loose brick, etc., will not be permitted.
The concrete cradle shall be poured after the joints have been made with care being
taken to prevent movement of the pipe.
D. Class liB" Bedding shall consist of 1/2-inch or smaller crushed rock or gravel, sand or
other approved granular materials as shown on the Drawings. Placement of this
material shall be done carefully. Material shall be thoroughly compacted by tamping.
E. Class "C" Bedding shall consist of 1/2-inch or smaller crushed rock or gravel, sand, or
other approved materials as shown on the Drawings. Placement of this material shall
be done carefully. Material shall be thoroughly compacted by tamping.
F. The determination of the bedding class shall be from actual width of trench. If
Contractor increases width of trench for the Contractor's convenience or due to
collapse of trench walls so that a higher class of bedding is required, the increased cost
of the same shall be borne by the Contractor. If the bearing value of the subgrade is
determined by the Engineer to be inadequate for a particular class of bedding, the
Contractor shall substitute a higher class of bedding as directed by the Engineer.
Part 3 Execution
3.01
Excavation
Excavation shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of Sections 02200
and/or 02225 of these Specifications.
3.02 Pipe Laying - Concrete Pipe
A. Immediately prior to laying the pipe, all projections or irregularities which will prevent
the joints from closing properly shall be removed.
B. Concrete pipe shall be laid true to line and grade on a bed which is uniformly firm
throughout its entire length. If material in the bottom of the excavation is of such
character as to cause unequal settlement along the length of the storm sewer or
, culvert, the material shall be removed below the grade given, to such depth as ordered
and shall be backfilled with granular bedding material and thoroughly tamped or
otherwise compacted to ensure an unyielding foundation. Pipe shall not be laid upon
frozen ground.
C. Pipe, unless otherwise provided or directed by the Engineer, shall be laid beginning at
the lower end and with the bells or receiving ends upgrade. The spigot or tongue end.
shall be inserted into hub or receiving end as far as the construction of the pipe will.
permit.
D. The pipe shall be protected from water during placing and until the mortar in the joints
has thoroughly set.
08/19/08 G003-107\X002720
\
I
I
}
i
j
1
I
I
I
\
J
\
I
" J
1
i
..1
1
I
J
]
J
\
I
.,J
02720 - 5
Storm Sewers and Pipe Culverts
3.04 Filling Around and Over Storm Sewers and Pipe Culverts
3.05
3.06
3.07
A. When storm sewers or pipe culverts are placed under the roadway proper, granular
backfill material will be used as detailed in the Drawings. The trench for the pipe shall
be cut 6-inches below the proposed bottom of pipe and shall be cut to a width as
indicated on the bedding detailed in the Drawings. The trench shall be filled to a
compacted depth of 6-inches with granular backfill material. Additional granular backfill
material shall be placed and shaped by means of a template to fit the bottom of the
pipe to a depth of 1/4 the outside diameter of the pipe or to the spring line of pipe
arches. After the pipe is laid to line and grade, the granular backfill material shall be
compacted by means of a vibrator or mechanical tampers. Tamping by hand will not be
permitted. The remaining portion of the trench shall be filled in 6-inch lifts with suitable
backfill material. Each lift shall be compacted with mechanical tampers.
B. The bedding for the pipe must be laid in a dry trench, and any water encountered in
ditches, springs, etc. shall be considered a necessary part of construction and shall be
handled by pumping, ditching or any other method satisfactory to the Engineer. .
Existing Utilities
All existing sewers, water lines, gas lines, underground conduits, telephone lines,
sidewalks, curbs, gutters, pavements, electric lines or other utilities or structures in the
vicinity of the work shall be carefully protected by the Contractor from damage at all
times. Where it is necessary for the proper accomplishment of the work to repair,
remove and/or replace any such utility, the work shall be done as directed by the
Engineer. No separate payment shall be made for removing and replacing and/or
repairing damaged existing sewers, water, gas, electric, or telephone lines, or conduits
or other utilities, culverts, drains, or similar existing services or structures that are to
remain in service. The removal, replacement and/or repair of these items shall be paid
for in the unit price bid by the Contractor on other items of work. Similar repair and
replacement of sidewalks, curbs, gutters and pavements are provided elsewhere
herein.
Cleaning
After completing each section of the storm sewer or culvert, the Contractor shall
remove all debris and construction materials and equipment from the site, grade and
smooth over the surface on both sides of the line and leave the entire right-of-way in a
clean, neat and serviceable condition in accordance with the requirements of Section
01710 of these Specifications.
Seeding
All ground areas that are disturbed during construction of the storm sewer or culvert
shall be prepared and seeded in accordance with the requirements of these
Specifications. No separate payment shall be made for seeding or seeding
preparation, but shall be included in the unit prices bid for other items of work done
under this Section.
END OF SECTION
08/19/08 G003-107\X002720
I
I
I
_-J
\
j
i
, )
I
J
[
.J
Section 02745
High Density Polyethylene Pipe (HOPE)
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
This Section covers the materials and the installation of all HDPE piping.
1.02 Quality Assurance
A. Polyethylene piping and fittings shall be manufactured to conform to industry
standards. Dimensions and workmanship shall be as specified by ASTM F 714.
Failure of the Engineer to condemn materials on preliminary inspection shall not be
grounds for acceptance if future defects are found.
B. The pipe shall contain no recycled compound except that which is generated in the
manufacturer's own plant from the same raw material. The pipe shall be
homogenous throughout and free of visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions, or
other deleterious defects, and shall be identifiable in color, density, and other
physical properties throughout.
C. The Engineer requires certification that the pipe produced is represented by the
quality assurance data. Additionally, test results from the manufacturer's testing
which show the pipe does not meet appropriate ASTM standards of manufacturer's .
representation, will be cause for rejection of the pipe represented by the testing.
These tests include density and other measurements from samples taken at
selected locations within the pipe wall and thermal stability determinations
according to ASTM D 3350, 10.1.9.
1.03 Applicable Publications and Standards
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM Publications)
ASTM D 256
Test Methods For Impact Resistance of Plastics and Electrical
Insulating Mate'rials
ASTM D 638
Test Method For Tensile Properties of Plastics
ASTM D 696
Test Method For Coefficient of Line at Thermal Expansion of
Plastics
ASTM D 746
Test Method For Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and
Elastomers By Impact
ASTM D 1238 Test Method For Flow Rates of Thermoplastics By Extrusion
Plastometer
7/25/08 G003-1 07\X002745
02745 - 3
High Density Polyethylene Pipe (HOPE)
bury conditions of depth and traffic loadings
B. Manufacturer's certificate of compliance. The Engineer requires certified lab data
from the manufacturer to verify the physical properties of the materials supplied
under this Section and at the Owner's expense may take random samples for
testing by an independent laboratory. Refer to Article 1.02, paragraph A.3. of this
Section.
Part 2 Products
2.01 Pipe Schedule
Description SDR Diameter, inches Type Minimum Pipe Length
Leachate Pipe - Slotted 17 8 Polyethylene 40 Feet, Smooth Wall
Leachate Pipe - Solid 9 2 Polyethylene 40 Feet, Smooth Wall
Leachate Pipe - Solid 11 6 Polyethylene 40 Feet, Smooth Wall
Leachate Pipe - 11 6 Polyethylene 40 Feet, Smooth Wall
Perforated
Leachate Pipe - Solid 17 4,6,8,10,14 Polyethylene 40 Feet, Smooth Wall
2.02 Slotted, Perforated and Non-Perforated Polyethylene (PE) Pipe
A. Pipe and Fittings Resin: The pipe supplied under this Section shall be high
performance, very high molecular weight, high density polyethylene pipe. The
fittings supplied under this Section shall be molded or manufactured from a
polyethylene compound having a cell classification equal to or exceeding the
compound used in the pipe.
B. Resin physical properties shall be equivalent to those described in the typical
physical properties sheet as follows:
Typical Physical Properties
Property Test Method Unit Value
Density ASTM D 1505 gmslcc 0.955
Environmental Stress Cracking Resistance
Conditions A, B & C ASTM D 1693 of, hours >5,000
Compressed Ring, OF ASTM F 1248 OF, hours >3,500
Ultimate Tensile Strength, Type IV Specimen ASTM D 638 psi 5,000
(2"/min.)
Yield Tensile Strength, Type IV Specimen ASTM D 638 psi 3,200
(2"/min.)
7/25/08 G003-1 07\X002745
, J
I
I
\
J
!
I
1
j
i
J
J
2.03
2.04
02745 - 5
High Density Polyethylene Pipe (HOPE)
may take random samples for testing by an independent laboratory.
G. Rejection: Polyethylene pipe and fittings which do not meet the requirements of
this Section shall be rejected.
H. Perforations shall be as detailed, factory machined and trimmed by the
manufacturer or pipe supplier in the shop under controlled conditions. No pipe
perforating will be allowed in the field. All perforated pipe shall be free of trimmings
and debris when delivered and prior to installation.
I.
Slots shall be as detailed, factory machined and trimmed by the manufacturer or
pipe supplier in the shop under controlled conditions. No pipe slotting will be
allowed in the field. All slotted pipe shall be free of trimmings and debris when
delivered and prior to installation.
HOPE Fittings
A. Polyethylene fittings shall be manufactured from polyethylene compound having
cell classification equal to or exceeding the compound used in the pipe.
B. All fittings 12 inches and smaller shall be molded, unless approved by the
ENGINEER.
C. Flanges for HDPE Pipe
1. Flanges for HDPE pipe shall be stainless steel back-up rings with a minimum
thickness of 1-inch.
2. The studs, nuts and wasters for the flanges shall be stainless steel. Below
grade flanges shall be wrapped in 5-mil polyethylene sheeting just after
installation and prior to backfilling.
3. Flange gaskets shall be full-face Neoprene.
Detection Tape and Locating Wire
A. Detection tape and locating wire shall be provided over all HDPE piping except in
the leachate collection piping and rock toe drain.
B.
Detection tape shall be composed of a solid aluminum foil encased in a protective
plastic jacket. Tapes shall be color coded in accordance with APWA color codes
with the following legends: Gas Systems, Safety Precaution Yellow, "Caution Gas
Line Buried Below". Colors may be solid or striped. Tape shall be permanently
printed with no surface printing allowed. Tape width shall be a minimum of
2-inches when buried less than 10-inches below the surface. Tape width shall be a
minimum of 3-inches when buried greater than 10-inches and less than 2Q-inches.
Detection tape shall be equal to Lineguard Type III Detectable or Allen Systems
Detectatape.
7/25/08 G003-1 07\X002745
I
)
" -,
\
!
'J
1
\
I
,j
\
J
t
J
I
\
J
I
,J
\
j
I
~
3.03
3.04
3.05
3.06
02745 - 7
High Density Polyethylene Pipe (HOPE)
Repair of Damaged Sections
Polyethylene Pipe (HDPE): Sections of polyethylene pipe having cuts or gouges in
excess of 10 percent of the wall thickness of the pipe shall be removed. New
polyethylene pipe section shall be rejoined using the butt fusion joining method. It
is the Engineer's intent to reduce the number of joints. The Engineer shall 'reject
pipe installations, where in _ the Engineer's opinion, installation methodology of
Contractor does not meet this objective.
Pipe Joining
A. Perforated and Non-Perforated Leachate Pipe (HOPE): Sections of polyethylene
pipe and fittings shall be joined into continuous lengths on the job site above
ground. The joining method shall be the butt fusion method and shall be performed
by qualified persons and in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer's
recommendations. The butt fusion equipment used in the joining procedures shall
be capable of meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe manufacturer,
including, but not limited to, temperature requirements, alignment and fusion
pressures.
B. HOPE flanges shall be provided where HDPE pipe joins PVC pipe or fittings.
Stainless steel backup rings, bolts and nuts shall be used to connect the flanges.
Handling of Fused Pipe
Fused segments of pOlyethylene pipe shall be handled so as to avoid damage to the
pipe. When lifting fused sections of pipe, chains or cable type chokers must be
avoided. Nylon slings are required. Spreader bars are recommended when lifting
long fused sections. Care shall be exercised to avoid cutting or gouging the pipe.
Trenching and Backfill
Leachate collection pipe shall be laid as detailed in the construction drawings. All
other HOPE piping shall be laid in accordance with Section 02200 and/or Section
02225.
3.07 Inspection and Acceptance
A. All work shall be subject to inspection and approval prior to final acceptance and
payment. Final acceptance shall be contingent upon the following:
1. The Owner accepts polyethylene pipe installation when the installation is
finished, all testing results are satisfactory, installation documentation and site
inspection is completed, and pipes have been flushed.
7/25/08 G003-1 07\X002745
Section 02748
HOPE Fabrication
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
This Section covers the materials and fabrication of HDPE structures used for sumps
and manholes. Manholes,. wet wells and valve pits carrying wastewater shall be
fabricated from HDPE material.
1.02 Quality Assurance
A. The products shall contain no recycled compound except that which is generated in the
manufacturer's own plant from the same raw material. The products shall be
homogenous throughout and free of visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions or other
deleterious- defects, and shall be identifiable in color, density, and other physical
properties throughout. The manufacturer shall provide certification that the products
produced are represented by the quality assurance data.
B. Products shall be constructed by a fabricator or manufacturer with at least five years
experience in the construction of products similar to those being provided.
1.03 Submittal Requirements
1
j
A. Submittals on fabricated products shall be clearly marked as to what is being provided.
The Contractor shall submit fabricator's shop drawings with the following information
on each product provided:
1. Indicate compliance with applicable ASTM Standard.
I 2. Unit weight of material.
J
3. Physical dimensions including material thickness.
\
1 4. Method of joining.
I
,,3
5. Recommended bedding and installation details.
6. Anti-flotation anchor requirements.
I
(
.J
\
-.~_.J
B. Manufacturer's certificate of compliance. The Engineer requires certified lab data from
the manufacturer to verify the physical properties of the materials supplied under this
specification and Engineer, at his own expense, may take random samples for testing
by an independent laboratory.
I
I
,-_.1
C. Pipe work in structures shall be detailed by the Contractor to conform to the general
arrangement shown on the plans and to fit the equipment to be provided. Shop
drawings of pipe layout and equipment shall be submitted to the Engineer and
approved prior to installation.
8/19/08 G003-1 07\X002748
02748 - 3
HDPE Fabrication
2. The Contractor shall clean by flushing with water all HDPE structures. Structures
shall be flushed until completely free of debris. The Contractor shall recover and
remove all debris from system and dispose of in an environmentally safe manner.
3. Final clean-up shall be in accordance of Section 01710 of the Specifications and
meet the approval of the Engineer and the Owner.
END OF SECTION
8/19/08 G003-1 07\X002745
Section 02776
Geomembranes
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
A. This Section includes the work required to furnish and install high density polyethylene
(HDPE) geomembrane lining system where shown within the landfill cell on the
Drawings. All work shall be performed in strict accordance with the Drawings,
Specifications, and the methods approved by the geomembrane manufacturer.
B. Only textured geomembrane shall be used on this Project.
C. Sufficient geomembrane material shall be provided to cover all areas as shown on the
Drawings, including overlaps at field seams and anchor trenches.
D. It is the intent of these Specifications to ensure installation of a geomembrane without
any known defect, and in intimate contact with the underlying liner base. It shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that this requirement is met.
1.02 Quality Assurance Testing and Submittals
A. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Geomembrane
1. The Contractor shall submit, prior to shipping the geomembrane, a statement
identifying the HDPE resin supplier, resin properties, resin production plant, resin
brand name, and resin production date. The statement shall also indicate that no
reclaimed polymer has been added to the resin. Resin properties must meet the
requirements of Table 1. Additionally, the Contractor shall submit a material
properties sheet including all specified properties and a certification that all
specified properties are guaranteed by the geomembrane manufacturer. Sheet
properties must meet the material requirements in Table 2. The Contractor shall
submit a description and quantity of geomembrane additives.
2. The Contractor shall submit a manufacturer's quality control (MaC) program to
the Engineer at least 21 days prior to shipping the geomembrane rolls to the site.
As a minimum the Contractor shall utilize the services of a testing laboratory
approved by the Engineer to perform the MaC tests outlined in Table 2 of this
Section. MaC certificates reporting the test results shall be submitted to the
Engineer prior to delivery of the geomembrane to the site, except for the Stress
Crack Test. The Engineer reserves the right to stop installation until proper
certification is submitted and determined acceptable for use.
3. Stress Crack Test (ASTM D 5397) results shall be submitted to the Engineer
within 65 days of delivering the geomembrane to the site.
4. All field seam destructive and non-destructive testing shall be performed by the
Contractor. Seam samples for destructive laboratory testing will be taken by the
Contractor for testing at the Owner's laboratory. The Contractor may, at its
8/19/08 G003-107\X002776
02776 - 3
Geomembranes
Part 2 Products
2.01 High Density Polyethylene (HOPE) Geomembrane Liner
A. The geomembrane shall be HDPE material manufactured of new, first-quality products
designed and manufactured for the purpose of municipal waste leachate containment
in sanitary landfills.
B. The geomembrane shall be so produced as to be free of holes, blisters, undisbursed
raw materials or any sign of contamination by foreign matter. Any such defects shall be
repaired in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The Engineer may
reject all or portions of units (or rolls) of liner if significant quantities of production flaws
are observed.
C. The geomembrane shall meet the material properties as specified in Table 2.
2.02 Handling and Storage
A. The geomembrane shall be shipped in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations. Folded or otherwise creased liner will not be accepted. The
geomembrane shall be marked and tagged with the following information:
1. Manufacturer's name
2. Product identification
3. Lot number or batch number
4. Roll number
5. Roll dimensions
B. Geomembrane which have been delivered to the Project site shall be stored in
accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations.
C. Care shall be taken to keep the materials clean and free from debris prior to installation.
D. Any geomembrane not properly stored on the Project site may be rejected by the
Engineer.
Part 3 Execution
3.01 Liner Sase Preparation
A. Geomembrane installation shall not begin until the liner base has been prepared in
accordance with Section 02200 of these Specifications if necessary. No rubber tired
vehicles, except small recreational all terrain vehicles (A TV) approved by the Engineer,
are permitted on final dressed surfaces unless authorized by the Engineer.
8/19/08 G003-107\X002776
02776 - 5
Geomembranes
9. The thickness of any geomembrane panel shall be determined by making five
individual observations of thickness along the long edge of the panel. The
thickness shall be equal to or greater than the minimum value on Table 2.
10. The Contractor shall direct surface water away from the geomembrane edges,
openings, and incomplete seams. Any water flow under the geomembrane shall
be removed, and the liner base repaired, if so directed by the Engineer.
3.03 Field Seaming
A. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Geomembrane
1. General
a. All foreign matter (dirt, water, oil, etc.) shall be removed from the area to be
seamed. If the seam is to be bonded by the extrusion process, the bonding
surfaces must be thoroughly cleaned by mechanical abrasion as
recommended by the manufacturer to remove surface cure and prepare
the surfaces for bonding. No solvents shall be used to clean the
geomembrane.
b. In general, field seaming should work toward an open liner end in order to
minimize cutting and patching of large wrinkles that become trapped.
Seams shall be located in substantial accordance to the pre-construction
panel layout drawing. When seaming the side slopes, seaming shall start
at the crest of the slope and work down the slope. Tack welds, if used,
shall use heat only; no double-sided tape, glue or other method will be
permitted. The geomembrane shall be seamed completely to the ends of
all panels to minimize the potential of tear propagation along the seam.
Seaming of the bottom geomembrane to the sidewall geomembrane shall
be conducted when conditions minimize thermal expansion effects. The
completed geomembrane shall not exhibit "trampolining" or "bridging" and
shall be in full contact with the underlying liner base.
c. At the end of each day or installation segment, the geomembrane,
including unseamed edges and unpatched openings, shall be anchored
and secured against damage by wind, rain or other effects of weather. All
unseamed edges shall be anchored by sand bags or other approved
devices as necessary. Sand bags securing the geomembrane on the side
slopes should, if necessary, be connected, by a rope fastened at the top of
the slope by a temporary anchor. Staples, U-shaped rods or other
penetrating anchors shall not be used to secure the geomembrane. The
methodology and execution of temporary anchoring and protection of the
geomembrane is fully the responsibility of the Contractor. Any material or
liner base damaged as the result of weather effects, shall be repaired or
replaced at no cost to the Owner.
8/19/08 G003-107\X002776
r"'l
I
J
0'-,
i
I
I
i
1
I
J
i
J
,
,
,
!
dJ
02776 - 7
Geomembranes
favorable for seaming by acceptable test (start-up) seams which duplicate,
as closely as possible, actual field conditions. Preheating may be achieved
by natural and/or artificial means (shelters and heating devices).
h. A moveable protective layer of plastic may be placed directly below each
overlap of geomembrane that is to be seamed. This is to prevent any
moisture build-up between the sheets to be welded. No material may be
left between the geomembrane and the liner base material.
i. Seaming shall extend to the outside edge of panels to be placed in anchor
trenches.
j.
A firm substrata may be provided by using a flat board, a conveyor belt, or
similar hard surface directly under the seam overlap to achieve proper
support for seaming devices. No material may be left between the
geomembrane and the liner base material.
k. Grinding prior to welding shall be performed as recommended by the
geomembrane manufacturer and shall be done perpendicular to the sheet
edge. Overground or improperly ground areas shall be replaced at the
Contractor's expense.
I. No folds, wrinkles or "fish-mouths" shall be allowed within the s~am area.
Where wrinkles or folds occur, the material shall be cut, overlapped and an
extrusion-weld shall be applied. During wrinkle or fold repairs, adjacent
geomembrane may not necessarily be. required to meet the minimum
overlap, if approved by the Engineer. All welds on completion of the work
shall be tightly bonded and sealed. .
"..
3.04 Inspection and Testing of HOPE Geomembrane Seams
A. General: A quality control technician, employed by the CQA Engineer, shall inspect
each sheet and seam. Any area showing a defect shall be marked and repaired in
accordance with HDPE repair procedures.
B. Test Seams by Contractor: Test seams shall be made on fragment pieces of
geomembrane to verify that seaming conditions are adequate. Such test seams will be
made.prior to field seaming at the beginning of each seaming period and at least twice
per day, for each seaming apparatus used that day. Also, each seaming technician will
make at least one test seam each day worked.
1. The test seam sample shall be at least 1.5 m (5 feet) long x 0.3 m (1 foot) wide
with the seam centered lengthwise. Six adjoining specimens 25 mm (1-inch)
wide each shall be die cut from the test seam sample. These specimens, which
shall be tested with a tensiometer in the field for shear (three samples) and peel
(three samples) by the Contractor and witnessed by the CQA Engineer, shall not
fail. If a test seam sample fails in either shear or peel, the entire operation will be
repeated. If the additional test seam fails, the seaming apparatus and seamer
shall be rejected and shall not be used for seaming until the deficiencies are
8/19/08 G003-107\XD02776
02776 - 9
Geomembranes
3. Destructive Testing by the Contractor
a. The Contractor shall obtain seam samples from locations'selected by the
CQA Engineer. The Contractor shall complete field destructive tests on a
portion of each sample. If the Contractor's test indicates that the seam
meets this specification, the CQA Engineer shall conduct a laboratory
destructive test.
b. Laboratory destructive testing by the Contractor is not required, but may be
performed at the Contractor's option.
c. The CQA Engineer shall observe all seam field test procedures. The
remainder of the successful seam sample will be assigned a number and
marked accordingly by the CQA Engineer, who will also log the date, seam
number, approximate location in the seam, and field test pass-or-fail
description, if applicable. The CQA Engineer shall be responsible for the
archive specimen.
4. Destructive Testing by CQA Engineer
a. Destructive testing will be performed on an average of every 500 linear feet
of field seam, or more frequently if deemed necessary by the CQA
Engineer. A field seam weld is defined as an extrusion or fusion weld that
permanently bonds two pieces of geomembrane material. Rain flaps are
considered temporary. The locations will be selected by the CQA
Engineer. Sufficient size samples will be obtained by the Contractor to
provide one sample to the Owner's archive, one sample to the CQA
Engineer for laboratory testing, and one or two samples to be retained by
the Contractor for field testing and, at the Contractor's option, laboratory
testing.
,
i
I
J
b. Testing requirements are as follows: Each sample shall be large enough
to test five specimens in peel and five specimens in shear, except that five
peel specimens are required for each track of a double track fusion seam.
Test results will be compared to the criteria in Article 3.04, Paragraphs
C.4.f., g., h., and i. Four of the five specimen test results must meet the
criteria in Article 3.04, Paragraphs CA.f., g., h., and i. for the seam to be
considered a passing seam. If the average of the five specimens is
adequate, but one of the specimens is below the specified minimum
average, values for this one specimen must be at least 80 percent of the
specified minimum average value required for the seam. A maximum of
one non-film tear bond failure out of five tests is acceptable provided the
non-film tear bond specimen meets strength requirements.
I
,J
I
,J
c. If unresolved discrepancies exist between the CQA Engineer's and
Contractor's test results, the archived sample may be tested by the CQA
Engineer. The CQA Engineer's test results shall take precedence in any
discrepancy.
8/19/08 G003-107\X002776
02776 - 11
Geomembranes
ii. Yield strength for the seam is not less than 95 percent of the
specified minimum tensile strength at yield for the parent material;
iii. Yield strain for the seam is at least 10 percent; and
iv Break strain for the seam is at least 50 percent.
j. If accumulated seam destructive test failures exceed one per every 20
tests or increments thereof for welds performed under the operating
conditions set forth in these Specifications, the Owner will deduct, for each
failure exceeding 1 in 20, $2,000.00 from the lining installer's contract as
reimbursement for costs of retesting, extra time for CQA inspections, and
Project delay.
3.05 Repair of Damaged and Sampled Areas
!
J
A. High Density Polyethylene (HOPE) Geomembrane Liner: Damaged and sample
coupon areas of geomembrane shall be repaired by the Contractor by construction of a
patch or cap strip. No repairs shall be made to seams by application of an extrusion
bead to a seam edge previously welded by fusion or extrusion methods. Welding the
"flap" of a failed fusion weld is not an acceptable repair method. Repaired areas shall
be non-destructively tested for seam integrity. Liner patches, not resulting from
destructive test sampling, and greater than 10 square feet in area, are subject to
destructive testing at the CQA Engineer's option. Wrinkles, which are high enough, in
the CQA Engineer's opinion, to fold over when covered shall be repaired to the
satisfaction of the CQA Engineer. Damaged materials are the property of the
Contractor and shall be removed from the site at the Contractor's expense. The
Contractor shall retain all ownership and responsibility for the geomembrane until Final
Acceptance of the Project.
3.06 Acceptance
A. HDPE Geomembrane Lining System Acceptance: The Contractor shall retain
ownership and responsibility for the geomembrane lining system until acceptance by
the Owner and Georgia EPD.
Acceptance of the geomembrane lining system shall be based on, but not limited to:
1. The installation being complete as determined by the Engineer;
2. Verification of the adequacy of all seams and repairs, including associated
testing, is complete;
3. All documentation of installation is completed, including all reports;
4. The Contractor provides the Owner with record drawings of the panel layout and
seam locations with reference numbers for test locations.
8/19/08 G003-107\X002776
02776 - 13
Geomembranes
i Table 1
i
,
High Density
Polyethylene Resin Properties
i
j Resin Requirements Method Units Smooth Textured
30-120 mil 30-120 mil
I Melt Index ASTM 01238 g/10 min <1 <1
i
Density ASTM 01505 or Gm/cc >.932 >.932
ASTM 0792
Notes:
, ,
\
I 1. The resin manufacturer shall test each batch of resin (200,000 pounds) as specified above.
J
2. The geomembrane manufacturer shall independently test the Melt Index and Density of each
batch of resin received.
\
i
j
,
!
I
,
!
i
I
. ,J
,
J
I
I
i
,-1
i 8/19/08 G003-107\X002776
i
I
)
I
, .J
j
,I
i
I
,~J
Section 02778
Geotextile
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
A. This Section includes the work required to furnish and install non-woven geotextile
where shown within the landfill cell on the Drawings. All work shail be performed in
strict accordance with the Drawings, Specifications, and the methods approved by the
geotextile manufacturer.
B. Sufficient geotextile material shall be provided to cover all areas as shown on the
Drawings, including overlaps at field seams and anchor trenches.
1.02 Quality Assurance Testing and Submittals
A. The Geotextile Manufacturer shall submit certification that all materials manufactured
for the project have been produced in accordance with these Specifications.
Specifically, geotextile used for filtration and cushion applications must meet the
requirements of Tables 1 and 2, respectively. Geotextile roll quality control certificates
shall be submitted for each 100,000 square feet of geotextile installed. This information
shall be submitted for review prior to material delivery. The COA Engineer reserves the
right to stop installation until proper certification is submitted and determined acceptable
for use.
B. The Geotextile Manufacturer shall submit a statement that needle-punched geotextiles
have been continuously inspected for broken needles using an in-line metal detector.
The Manufacturer shall certify that the material is substantially free of. broken needles
and shall define "substantially".
C. The Contractor shall submit to the COA Engineer inventory tickets, roll numbers or
batch identifications, packing papers and invoices for the geotextile used.
D. The COA Engineer will obtain samples of the geotextile prior to installation, at a rate of,
at least one per 100,000 square feet of material to be used. These samples will be'
submitted for conformance testing at a laboratory accredited by the Geosynthetic
Accreditation Institute's Laboratory Accreditation Program. The laboratory shall be
selected by, and paid by, the Owner. Geotextile conformance tests shall be as follows:
Test results shall meet the requirements listed in Tables 1 and 2.
E. The COA Engineer shall monitor geotextile installation for conformance with the
Drawings and Specifications.
7/25/08 G003-107\XD02778
02778 - 3
Geotextile
Part 3 Execution
3.01 Installation
H.
I
i
J
3.02
A.
i
)
B.
]
I
J
A. Geotextile panels shall be handled and placed in such a manner as to ensure that they
are not damaged and tQat the deployment process does not damage any underlying
layers.
B. In the presence of wind, geotextile materials shall be weighted with sandbags until final
covers are installed.
C. Personnel working on the geotextile shall not smoke, wear damaging shoes, or engage
in other activities which could damage the material. Any such damage to the geotextile
or other geosynthetic layers resulting from such activities shall be repaired by and at
the expense of the Contractor.
D. Geotextile panels shall be deployed in such a manner as to minimize wrinkles and
folds.
E. Geotextile panels on slopes greater than 10 percent shall extend from the anchor
trench to a minimum of five feet beyond the toe of slope without cross seams.
F. Minimize slippage of the geotextile and assure that no tensile stress is induced in the
material.
G. Geotextile shall be cut using only a geotextile cutter approved by the geotextile
Manufacturer and the CQA Engineer. Special care shall. be taken to protect other
geosynthetic materials (if any) from damage which could be caused by the cutting of
the geotextile.
After installation, an examination of the geotextile over the entire surface shall be
conducted to ensure that no potentially harmful foreign objects, such as needles, are
present. Any foreign objects so encountered shall be removed by the Contractor, or the
geotextile shall be replaced.
Field Seaming
Geotextiles may be seamed by overlapping six inches and bonding thermally on a
continuous basis or by sewing. Only continuous sewing shall be allowed on slopes
steeper than 10 percent.
If seams are sewn, thread shall be of polymeric material having similar chemical
resistance to the geotextile. If the geotextile is to be exposed for more than 30 days,
the thread shall have ultraviolet resistance equal to or exceeding that of the geotextile.
C. The Contractor shall take measures to prevent soil, granular materials, or foreign
materials from entering or becoming trapped beneath the geotextile during placement
and seaming operations.
7/25/08 G003-107\X002778
..
I
I
_.I
~
I
J
02778 - 5
Geotextile
TABLE 1
MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE MATERIALS
FILTRATION APPLICATION
Values
Property ASTM Test
Method Units Qualifier
6 oz. 10 oz. 12 oz. 16 oz.
Apparent Opening Size o 4781 Sieve Size Range 60-70 70-100 70-100 100
Permittivity 04491 IIsec min. 1.7 1.07 0.8 0.53
Thickness 01777 mils min. 65 110 130 169
Mass per Unit Area 03776 ozJyd2 min. 5.7 10 12 16
Trapezoidal Tear o 4533 Ibs min. 60 95 100 120
Strength
Grab Strength o 4632 Ibs min. 150 270 275 340
Puncture Strength o 4833 Ibs min. 75 140 135 160
Mullen Burst Strength o 3786 psi min. 275 450 500 550
Ultraviolet Resistance o 4355 % strength avg. 70 70 70 70
retained
Wide Width o 4595
Tensile Strength
MO Iblin min. 60 90 110 140
XO Iblin min. 42 100 120 140
7/25/08 G003-107\X002778
'I
I
, 1
1
, 1
Section 02779
Geosynthetic Drainage Nets and Composites
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
A. This Section includes the work required to furnish and install geosynthetic drainage
nets (geonets) and geocomposites where shown within the landfill cell on the Drawings.
All work shall be performed in strict accordance with the Drawings, Specifications, and
the methods approved by the geonet manufacturer.
B. Sufficient geosynthetic drainage material shall be provided to cover all areas as shown
on the Drawings, including overlaps at field seams and anchor trenches.
C. References to geosynthetic drainage material in this specification are intended to refer
to geonets, geocomposites, or both, as appropriate.
1.02 Quality Assurance Testing and Submittals
A. The Geosynthetics Manufacturer shall submit certification that all materials
manufactured for the project have been produced in accordance with these
Specifications.
B. The Geosynthetics Manufacturer shall submit results of quality control testing of the
geosynthetic drainage material at a rate of at least one per 100,000 square feet of
material to be used. Required material property tests and minimum acceptable
property values are given in Table 1.
C. The CQA Engineer shall monitor geosynthetic drainage material installation for
conformance with the Drawings and Specifications.
1.03 Handling and Storage
A. The geosynthetic drainage material shall be shipped in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Thegeosynthetic drainage material shall be supplied in rolls wrapped in protective
covers and marked or tagged with the following information:
1. Manufacturer's name
2. Product identification
3. Lot or batch number
4. Roll number
5. Roll dimensions
7/25/08 G003-107\X002779
02779 - 3
Geosynthetic Drainage Nets and Composites
Part 3 Execution
3.01 Installation
A. Geosynthetic drainage material panels shall be handled and placed in such a manner
as to ensure that they are not damaged and that the deployment process does not
damage any underlying layers. Any such damage shall be repaired by the Contractor
and at no expense to the Owner.
B. Geosynthetic drainage material shall not be deployed during precipitation events or on
slopes with frost accumulation.
, ]
(
C. Geosynthetic drainage material shall be deployed in such a manner as to preclude
wrinkles and folds which would impair drainage capacity.
I
1
D. In the presence of wind, geosynthetic drainage materials shall be weighted with
sandbags until final cover material is installed.
"'I
I
.-.J
E. Geosynthetic drainage materials on slopes shall extend to a minimum of five feet
beyond the toe of slope. Cross seams on slopes greater than 10 percent are not
allowed.
F. Geosynthetic drainage material shall not be welded to geomembrane.
I
I
> J
G. Geosynthetic drainage material shall be cut using cutters approved by the CQA
Engineer. Special care shall be taken to protect other geosynthetic materials (if any)
from damage which could be caused by the cutting of the geosynthetic drain.
H. All components of the geosynthetic lining system, including geomembranes,
geotextiles, and geosynthetic drains shall be kept free of mud, dust, dirt, and debris that
could damage the geomembrane or contribute to clogging of the geosynthetic drainage
material.
I.
Personnel working on the geosynthetic drainage material shall not smoke, wear
damaging shoes, or engage in other activities which could damage the material. Any
such damage to the geosynthetic drainage material or other geosynthetic layers
resulting from such activities shall be repaired by the Contractor and at no expense to
the Owner.
,
I
I
I
-,)
J
J.
Following installation of the geosynthetic drainage material, an examination of the
entire surface shall be conducted to ensure that no potentially harmful foreign objects
are present. Any foreign object so encountered shall be removed by the Contractor, or
the geosynthetic drainage material shall be replaced.
3.02
Joining
A. Adjacent geosynthetic drainage panels shall be joined as shown on the Drawings and
as specified herein. At a minimum, the following requirements shall be met:
7/25/08 G003-107\X002779
02779 - 5
Geosynthetic Drainage Nets and Composites
-1
I
3. No excess tensile stresses occur in the geosynthetic drainage material.
B. Soil shall never be placed in direct contact with a geonet. Geonets shall be separated
from soil materials by a geomembrane or a geotextile.
3.05 Acceptance
A. The Contractor shall retain ownership and responsibility for the geosynthetic drainage
layer until acceptance by the Owner and the Georgia EPD.
B. Acceptance of the geosynthetic drainage layer shall be based on, but not limited to, the
following:
,! 1.
2.
3.
,
I 4.
d
The installation is complete as determined by the CQA Engineer;
All documentation of installation is completed, including all reports;
The Contractor provides written certification that the installation was in
accordance with the manufacturer's general recommendations and these
Specifications, except as noted;
All test results and documentation have been reviewed, accepted, and approved
by the Georgia EPD.
J
'J
I/25/08 G003-107\X002779
"
i
I
I
I
-,I
J
Part 1
1.01
1.02
Section 03300
Cast-In-Place Concrete
General
The work under this section covers supplying and installing all cast-in-place
structural concrete including forms, permanent metal forms, vapor barriers,
reinforcement, finishing, curing, grout, waterstops, joints, joint sealants, anchor
bolts, and concrete stud anchors.
Quality Assurance
A.
Materials and work shall conform to the requirements of standards, codes, and
recommended practices outlined in this section. In conflicts between industry
standard or required standards and this specification or this specification and the
local building code, the more stringent requirement shall govern.
B.
Materials and work procedures are subject to inspection and tests at the source and
in the field by the Engineer and/or the owner. Such inspection and tests will not
relieve the Contractor of the primary responsibility for providing material and work
procedures in compliance with specified requirements. The Contractor shall not
promptly remove and replace material or components which do not comply.
C.
Certified laboratory test reports or certificates of compliance are required for
materials as specified herein. The testing shall have been performed within one
year of submittal of test reports for approval and by an'independent laboratory. Test
reports on a previously tested material shall be accompanied by notarized
certificates from the manufacturer certifying that the previously tested material is of '
the same type, quality, manufacture, and make as that proposed for use in this
project.
D.
The concrete producer's plant equipment and facilities shall be certified by the
National Ready-Mix Concrete Association. Truck mixers and agitators used for
concrete delivery shall comply with TMMB Truck Mixer and Agitator Stan9ards.
Certificates of compliance are required.
E.
The Contractor shall have available in the field office a copy of the ACI Field
Reference Manual SP-15.
Applicable Publications
A.
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent
referenced. The publications are referenced in the text. All publications shall be as
shown below.
B.
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
A36/A36M Structural Steel
7/25/08 G003-107\X003300
\
,I
I
..,.1
,.J
]
I
.~-l
1.03
03300 - 3
Cast-in-Place Concrete
Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction
Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete
Hot Weather Concreting
Cold Weather Concreting
Standard Practice for Curing Concrete
Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement
Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete
Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork
Field Reference Manual
D. National Ready-mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA) Certification of Ready-mixed,
Concrete Production Facilities
E.
Truck Ready-mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA) Truck Mixer and Agitator
Standards - 1989
F. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) Publication - 1986 Edition with 1989'
Addendum Specification for the Design of Cold-formed Steel Structural Members
G. Steel Deck Institute (SDI) Publication - 216-493-7886 Design Manual for Floor
Decks and Roof Decks
Submittals
A. In accordance with Division 1, furnish the following;
1. Concrete mix design for each mix with evidence of strength per Section 2.03.
Include sources and certification of aggregates.
B. Shop drawings for reinforcing steel.
C. Shop drawings for permanent metal forms.
D. Manufacturers' literature containing product information for admixtures, joint sealing
materials, waterstops, expansion joint filler, and sealers.
E.
Concrete test results: See Section 3.09.
7/25/08 G003-107\X003300
03300 - 5
Cast-In-Place Concrete
reinforcing bars or wires or bundles of bars, (d) 3/8-inch for concrete used for filling
masonry voids greater than 2 inches. No coarse aggregate shall be used in
concrete for filling masonry voids less than 2 inches. Maximum size for coarse
aggregate in slabs is 1 ~ inches.
I D.
j
E.
F.
G.
Fine Aggregate: ~STM C33. Do not use manufactured sands.
Mixing Water: Fresh, clean, and potable.
Air-entraining Admixture: ASTM C260
Chemical Admixture: ASTM C494
H. Pozzolan: ASTM C618, Class C or F
2.03 Concrete Mixes
A. Compressive strength and the allowable slump range (tests in accordance with
ASTM C39 and C 143, respectively) shall be as follows:
~i
~J
28-day Compressive
Item Strenath Slump
Slabs 4,000 psi 2-4"
Foundations 4,000 psi 2-4"
Other 4,000 psi 2-4'
;
J
1. The strength of the concrete mixes proposed for use shall be established prior
to beginning concrete operations. The concrete mix may be proportioned on
the basis of field experience or trial mixes as stated in ACI 301 and 318.
Evidence of concrete strength is to be submitted to the engineer with the
proposed concrete mix design prior to any concreting operations.
2. Proportion mixes to a maximum water/cement ratio, Ib./lb., of 0.45. Water shall
not be added at the site that will cause the design mix water/cement ratio to be
exceeded.
B. A high range water-reducing (HRWR) admixture conforming to ASTM C-494 may
be used to increase slump above that specified in Paragraph 2.03A.
C. Air-entrainment is required for all concrete exposed to freezing and thawing. Do not
entrain air in concrete used for interior slabs. Air content shall conform with the
following table:
7/25/08 G003-107\X003300
03300 - 7
Cast-in-Place Concrete
2.11 Grout, Non-Shrinking
Premixed non-metallic, mixed and applied in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations. Grout shall show no settlement or vertical drying shrinkage
based on initial measurement made at time of placement, and produce a
compressive strength of at feast 4,000 psi at three days.
, 1
)
2.12
Waterstops
'1
I
J
Unless noted otherwise on drawings, waterstops shall be manufactured from
polyvinyl chloride and shall be 3/8-inch by 6-inch, dumbbell or serrated type with a
center bulb.
)
, t
2.13 Epoxy Joint Sealants
A. "MM-80" by Metzger McGuire Company.
'\
,j
B. "Euco 600" by the Euclid Chemical Company.
C. "Joint-Fil" by Permaban North America, Inc.
2.14 Building Felt
Thirty-pound asphalt saturated building-felt paper.
2.15 Anchor Bolts
Anchor bolts shall be ASTM A307 or A36 with cut threads.
Part 3 Execution
3.01 Formwork
A. Installation of formwork shall conform to ACI 347. Design, engineering, and
construction of the formwork shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
1
I
,_~J
B. Forms shall be substantial and sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar. Forms
shall be braced or tied to maintain the desired position, shape, and alignment during
and after concrete placement. Wafers, studs, internal ties, and other form supports
shall be sized and spaced so that proper working stresses are not exceeded. Joints
in forms shall be bolted tightly and shall bear on solid construction. Forms shall be
constructed so they can be removed without hammering, wedging, or prying against
the concrete. Form ties in exposed surfaces shall be uniformly spaced and aligned
in horizontal and vertical rows. The forms shall produce finished surfaces that are
free from off-sets, ridges, waves, and concave or convex areas.
I
I
~~--1
7/25/08 G003-107\X003300
3.02
,t"
,
I
I
\
3.03
3.04
I"
3.05
I
l
03300 - 9
Cast-in-Place Concrete
Reinforcement
Details of concrete reinforcement, unless otherwise shown, shall be in accordance
with ACI 318, ACI 315, and ACI 301. All reinforcing steel shall be supported and
securely tied to prevent displacement during the placing of concrete.
Embedded Items
Embedded items shall be positioned accurately and supported against
displacement.
Vapor Barrier
Joints in vapor barrier shall be lapped 1'-0" or shall be sealed with tape.
Placing, Protection, and Curing Concrete
A.
In normal weather, conform to ACI 304R. No concrete shall be placed during rain or
if rain is forecast unless there is sufficient time to complete the placement and
finishing.
B.
In cold weather, conform to ACI 306.1, except that the use of calcium chloride shall
not be permitted.
C.
In hot weather conform to ACI 305R.
D.
Conform to ACI 302.1 R, ACI 308 and as specified herein.
E.
Consolidation
1. During and immediately after placement, concrete shall be thoroughly
consolidated and worked into all corners and angles and around reinforcement
and embedded fixtures in a manner to fill all voids, prevent honeycombing
against the forms an avoid segregation of coarse aggregate This operation
shall be performed by the use of spades or forks and internal vibrators.
2. Vibration shall be transmitted directly to the concrete and in no case shall it be
transmitted through the forms. Vibration driving mechanisms shall revolve at
not less than 7,000 rpm. The vibration shall be sufficiently intense to cause the
concrete to flow and settle readily into place and to visibly affect the concrete
over a radius of at least 18 inches. Vibration shall be supplemented by manual
forking or spading adjacent to the forms on exposed faces in order to secure
smooth, dense surfaces. Special care shall be taken to ensure consolidation
around reinforcement, pipes, and other shapes built into the work. Vibrators
shall not be used to transport concrete within the forms. Vibrators shall be kept
7/25/08 G003-107\X003300
03300 - 11
Cast-in-Place Concrete
3.06
Finishes
A.
Vertical and overhead surface finishes shall be as follows except where noted
otherwise on the drawings or finish schedule.
1. Unfinished Areas: Vertical and overhead concrete surfaces exposed in
unfinished areas, or concealed will not require additional finishing.
2. Interior and Exterior Exposed Areas (to be Painted): All fins, burrs, and similar
projections on surface shall be knocked off flush and rubbed lightly with a fine
abrasive stone.
3. Interior and Exterior Exposed Areas (Finished): Finished areas unless
otherwise shown shall be given a rubbed finish of uniform color, treated as
follows:
a. Chip away all "high" spots and fill all "'ow" spots (tie marks, form marks,
and honey combs) with a grout composed of the same cement/sand ratio
as the original concrete.
b. Rub entire surface of concrete with a fine abrasive stone to create a
smooth surface, free of all form marks. Finishing is to start as soon as
possible after concrete will support itself. Finishing of any section is to be
complete within 4 hours of the stripping of forms on that section.
B. Slab Finishes
1. Scratch Finish: Slab surfaces to receive a bonded applied cementitious
application shall all be thoroughly raked or wire broomed after partial setting
(within 2 hours after placing) to roughen surface to insure a permanent bond
between base slab and applied cementitious materials.
2. Float Finish: Unless noted otherwise, surfaces to receive a float finish shall
include interior stair treads, equipment pads and surfaces intended to receive
roofing or waterproofing membranes. After the concrete has been placed,
struck off, and leveled, the concrete shall not be worked further until ready for
floating. Floating shall begin when the water sheen has disappeared. During
the first floating, the slabs shall be checked for planeness of surface. The slab
shall then be refloated immediately to a uniform sandy texture.
3. Troweled Finish: Unless noted otherwise, surfaces to receive a troweled
finish include exposed concrete floors and floors to receive resilient floor
covering or carpet. The surface shall first be float-finished as specified above.
It shall then be power troweled, and finally, hand troweled such that the
finished surface is essentially free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and
appearance.
7/25/08 G003-107\X003300
3.10
03300 - 13
Cast-In-Place Concrete
C. Testing Frequency. The frequency of tests on each type of concrete shall be one
test per 100 cubic yards, one test per 5,000 square feet of surface area for slabs or
walls, one test per truck for columns and piers, or one test minimum per day.
D. Test Specimens.
1. Each test shall consist of four cylinders which are made and cured in
accordance with ASTM C31 and tested in accordance with ASTM C39. One
cylinder shall be tested at 7 days, two cylinders shall be tested at 28 days, and
one kept as a spare. The minimum average of the 28-day cylinders shall be
4,000 psi with a minimum of 3,500 psi for either.
2. Should the average compressive strength of the 28-day specimens or the
compressive strength of any single specimen fall more than 500 psi below the
minimum strengths specified above, the Engineer shall have the right to order
a change in the mix design for the remaining portion of the work. The Engineer
shall also have the right to order additional curing of the affected concrete
followed by cores taken in accordance with ASTM 042 and ACI 318, all at the
expense of the Contractor. If the additional curing does not bring the average
compressive strength of the 28-day cores taken in the affected area to at least
the minimum strength specified, the Engineer may require that the Contractor
strengthen the structure by means of additional concrete and steel or he may
require that the Contractor replace the affected portions. The cost of all such
changes in mix designs and any modifications to or replacement of deficient
concrete shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner.
E.
Slump. Determine the slump of concrete for each test in accordance with ASTM
C143. If a HPWR admixture is used then the slump shall be measured before and
after the addition of the admixture.
F.
Air Content. Determine air content of concrete for each test only for the concrete
requiring air entrainment. Air content tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM
C231.
G.
Temperature. At each test, record the temperature of each concrete sample and of
the ambient air.
H.
The testing agency shall report all test data in a concrete test report to the
Engineer.
I.
The evaluation and acceptance of concrete shall be in accordance with ACI 318.
Loads Applied to New Concrete
A.
Loads including, but not limited to, earth loads, loads exerted from bracing or
shoring, wind loads, hydrostatic or hydraulic loads, equipment or vehicle loads, or
7/25/08 G003-107\XD03300
PI
i
I
J
I
".J
,
I
J
I
J
I
._)
Section 11244
Leachate Sump Pump
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
Work described in this Section includes furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, tools
and incidentals required for a complete and operable installation for the leachate sump
pump. All equipment shall be installed, tested and placed in operation in accordance.
with these Specifications and the manufacturer's recommendations.
1.02 Factory Testing
A. The pump manufacturer shall perform the following inspections and tests on the pump,
before shipment from the factory:
A motor and cable test for moisture content and insulation defects.
Prior to submergence, the pump shall be run dry to establish correct rotation and
mechanical integrity.
The motor and cable shall then be tested a second time for moisture content and
insulation defects.
A written certification that these tests have been performed shall be provided with
the pump at the time of shipment.
After testing, the pump cable end shall be suitably protected for shipment and
installation.
1.03 Submittals
A. Submit shop drawings and engineering data in accordance with the requirements of
Section 01340 of these Specifications. Indicate the following:
1. Manufacturer's name, pump size and model number and description bulletin of
the pump furnished.
2. Outline dimension of the pump.
3. Pump characteristic curves showing head, capacity, horsepower, minimum head,
rated and shut-off conditions.
4. Motor manufacturer's name, motor horsepower, rpm, frame size and motor
descriptive information. Include motor features and data sheet.
B. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be furnished in accordance with the
requirements of Section 01730 of these Specifications.
8/19/08 G003-107\X011244
11244 - 3
Leachate Sump Pump
B. The pump motor shall be housed in a watertight housing and shall be suitable for
continuous duty.
, ~)
I
Y
C. Cable: The power cable shall be of the type of construction suitable for submersion in
landfill leachate. Strain reliefs shall be provided at each cable entry into the pump.
Cable length shall provide for installation as shown on the Drawings.
D. Overload Protection: Provide built-in, automatic protection that prevents damage
caused by clogging, overloading, dry running and voltage drop.
2.05 Controls
A. Control panel shall be furnished by the pump manufacturer.
B. Power Supply: 480 volts, three phase. All controls shall operate on 120 volts
maximum. Provide a suitably siz-ed control powe!' transformer- with. primary and
secondary overcurrent protection. Provide a control panel main disconnect switch.
C. Enclosure: Provide NEMA 4X stainless steel enclosure with a thermostat controlled
space heater and corrosion inhibitor blocks. Provide NEMA 4Xrated devices on
front of enclosure or mount devices on interior panel and provide door mounted
tempered glass or polycarbonate viewing window.
D. Components
I
1
1. Starters: NEMA rated, circuit breaker combination type with overcurrent
protection in each phase. Interrupting capacity is a minimum of 22,000 amperes
symmetrical. Equip each starter with loss of phase/phase unbalance relay for
single phase protection. -
2. Relays: Heavy duty industrial control type, 10 amp, 600 volt reversible contacts,
equal to Square D, Class 8501, Type X.
3. Selectors and Indicating Lights: Heavy duty, oil-tight with octagonal ring.
E. Panel Construction: Route all wiring in Panduit or similar wireways. Protect all wiring
across panel hinges. Provide numbered terminal strips for all field wiring terminations.
Use barriers to separate 480 volt from .120 and lower voltage sections.
F. Remote Signals: Provide RACO Chatterbox autodialer.
1
I
~J
G. Control Functions: Provide a Hand-Off-Auto selector switch and run and fault lights for
the pump. Provide liquid level sensor for pump off, pump on, and high level alarm.
2.06 Accessories
;
i
J
Lifting Cable: Sump Pump shall be fitted with a stainless steel lifting cable of sufficient
strength to allow removal of the unit from the side slope riser. Cable length shall be as
required for configuration shown on the Drawings.
8/19/08 G003-107\XD11244
Equipment No.
Rated Capacity, gpm
Rated TDH,feet
Minimum Shut-off Head, feet
Maximum Runout Head, feet
Maximum Capacity at Runout, gpm
Horsepower
)
I
l
Maximum RPM
Fluid Pumped
Pump and Power Cable! NEC Classification
'J
TABLE 1
LEACHATE SUMP PUMP SCHEDULE
END OF SECTION
8/19/08 G003-1 07\X0 11244
11244 - 5
Leachate Sump Pump
Sump 1
60
. 88
50
5
125
3.0
3750
MSW landfill leachate
Class 1, Group D, Div 1
Section 16000
Electrical Power and Systems
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
A. The electrical work commences with the point of electrical service where shown on the
Drawings and includes furnishing all material and labor for a complete electrical
installation.
B. The requirements of Division 1 apply to all work hereunder. The General and Special
Conditions are a part of this Division of the Specifications and all provisions contained
therein which affect this work are as binding as though incorporated herein.
i
J 1.02 Definitions
'} A. Provide: Furnish, install, and connect.
!
B. Product Data: Catalog cuts and descriptive literature.
C. Shop Drawings: Factory prepared specific to the installation.
j
D. Low Voltage: 0-600 volts.
E. Indicated: Shown on the Drawings.
F. Noted: Indicated or specified elsewhere.
1.03 Material Not Furnished
A. Unless otherwise noted, the following are furnished and installed under other Divisions:
1. Motors
2. Motor starters (except motor control centers)
3. Electric heating and air conditioning equipment
4. Electrical heat tracing
5. Pilot and control devices for the above equipment
B. Power wiring and equipment connections for the above items are included in this
Division. Also included in this Division is control wiring to the extent shown on the
Electrical Drawings; other control wiring is furnished under the applicable Mechanical
Division.
1.04 Local Conditions
i
,]
Power will be supplied by the utility company overhead distribution system. Verify and
07/25/08 G003-1 07\X0 16000
I
~,_J
16000 - 3
Electrical Power and Systems
C. Except as noted, installation instructions are not required to be submitted. However, it
is the Contractor's responsibility to obtain installation information from the manufacturer
for all equipment prior to installing the equipment.
1.07 Record Drawings
I
I
I,
I
,
C.
\
,.1
D.
1.08
\ A.
)
1
".V./ B.
./ j
J
)
'"J
. I
J
,
,
I
J
-~
A. Furnish record drawings in accordance with the requirements of Section 01720.'
Record drawings consist of submittal data as listed above, operation and maintenance
data, and as-built drawings. Record drawings are to reflect the final installation,
including any changes during approval, manufacturing tests, and installation.
B. . In addition to other required sets, furnish one set of operation and maintenance data for
all apparatus requiring service. This set is to be bound in hardback, 3-ring binder(s)
located in a hinged metal cabinet in the main electrical room and shall include:
1. Title page with project name; installing contractor's name, address and telephone
number; date of installation and warranty period.
2. Index sheet.
3. Complete manufacturer's operation and maintenance data with .tabs
(corresponding to the index) separating each item or system. Include the name,
address, and phone number of the nearest sales and service organization for .
each. item.
As-Built Drawings: Furnish one set of prints maintained at the job site at all times with
all changes during construction marked thereon. Include on the as-built drawings
sufficient dimensions to permit location of underground conduits.
Submit the results of any tests required in the individual equipment sections.
Delivery, Storage, and Handling
Ship products to the job site in their original packaging. Receive and store products in
a suitable manner to prevent damage or deterioration. Keep equipment upright at all
times.
Investigate the spaces through which equipment must pass to reach its final
destination. Coordinate with the manufacturer to arrange delivery at the proper stage of
construction and to provide shipping splits where necessary.
07/25/08 G003-1 07\XO 16000
Part 1
1.01
~I
'1
t
Section 16050
Basic Electrical Materials and Methods
General
Scope
This Section includes basic materials and methods common to all Sections of Division
16.
1.02 Submittals
"T
I
I
I
J
Submit product data.
Part 2 Products
2.01 Boxes
2.02
A.
] B.
I
,I
c.
2.03
A.
i
;
]
I
"'}
B.
C.
D.
Cast Boxes: Galvanized with gasketed cover and threaded hubs.
Wiring Devices
Switches: FS W-S-896, 20 amp, 120-277 volt, brown handle.
~eceptacles: NEMA WD-1; 5-15R; nylon face; brown. ~xceptions: Provide specific
use receptacles where indicated. Provide 5-20R receptacles for branch circuits
serving one device.
Cover Plates: White in use device weatherproof cover.
Disconnect Switches
Disconnect Switches: UL-98 and NEMA KS-1; heavy duty, quick make, quick break
type; horsepower and 12t rated. Provide lever type operating handle directly
connected to the switch mechanism; rocker types are not acceptable. Include
padlocking provisions and nameplate clearly indicating "ON" and "OFF" positions.
Equip all switches with a ground lug and, where neutral conductors are scheduled,
provide insulated neutral lugs.
Fusible Switches: Equip with rejection clips for fuse types noted.
Enclosure: Stainless steel.
Acceptable Manufacturers: Cutler-Hammer, General Electric, Square D or Siemens.
07/25/08 G003-1 07\XO 16050
2.07 Control Stations
A.
Pushbuttons, Selectors and Pil()
16050 - 3
Basic Electrical Materials and Methods
Lights: 600 volt, heavy duty, factory sealed.
B. Enclosure: Stainless steel meet: ng NEMA 4X requirements.
C. Acceptable Manufacturers: EqlJ --:::II I to Allen-Bradley Bulletin 800T.
2.08
Individual Surge Suppres
A.
Surge Suppressor: Listed in a~
Device shall provide surge cu~
L-G, and N-G. Device shall
thermal cutout device. An au~
surge current capability shall be
;ors
:ordance with UL 1449, Second Edition and UL 1283.
ntdiversion paths for 120 VAC circuit application; L-N,
Je fused with a surge rated fuse and incorporate a
ible alarm shall indicate protection failure. Minimum
-"30kA.
B. Enclosure: NEMA 4X stainless~ --tee I.
C. Acceptable Manufacturers: Equ~
(suppressor) and Hoffman (encl()
2.09 Fuses
A.
Fuses: Current limiting, non-ren
Class J for ratings 600 amp and
B.
Acceptable Manufacturers: Bus:
2.10 Supporting Devices
A.
Support Channel: Galvanized or--
B.
Hardware: Corrosion resistant.
2.11
Electrical Identification
A.
Nameplates: Engraved threl
background.
-I to Advanced Protection Technologies TEIXP Series
-;ure).
:wable type, rated 200,000 AIC, with rejection feature;
Jelow and Class L for ratings 601 amp and above.
=mann, Chase-Shawmut, or Littelfuse.
pai nted steel.
=-Iayer laminated plastic, black letters on white
B. Wire and Cable Markers: Plasti~ -==- split sleeve or tubing type.
07/25/08 c::::
';003-107\X016050
3.04
i
1
16050 - 5
Basic Electrical Materials and Methods
Enclosed Circuit Breakers
A. Provide breakers with voltage, ampere, number of poles, and interrupting ratings as
indicated on the Drawings.
B. Install breakers so they are rigidly supported and readily accessible. Where mounted
on stud walls, provide a plyv.'ood backboard secured to the studs with the breaker
secured to the backboard. Provide stainless steel mounting channel or phenolic
spacers to give nominal 1/2-inch separation from concrete walls in wet or damp
locations.
3.05 Individual Motor Starters
j
=;
I
J
I
J
\
j
3.06
1
I
qJ
A. Select and install heater elements in motor starters to match installed motor
characteristics. Do not use NEe motor full load ampere data for heater selection.
B. Provide a typed label inside each motor starter enclosure door identifying the motor
served and listing the motor nameplate data. Provide an engraved nameplate on the
exterior of the enclosure door identifying the motor served, the horsepower, voltage and
phase rating.
C. Install starters so they are rigidly supported and readily accessible. Where mounted on
stud walls, provide a plywood backboard secured to the studs with the starter secured
to the backboard. Provide stainless steel mounting channel or phenolic spacers to give
nominal1/2-inch separation from concrete walls in wet or damp locations.
Contactors
A.
Install timer and lighting controls for contactors as indicated.
B. Install indicator lights in enclosure door as indicated.
3.07 Control Stations
i
J
3.08
)
__I
3.09
I
I
I
-j
J
Install control stations so they a re rigidly supported and located so as not to impair
access to equipment for maintenance.
Individual Surge Suppressors
Install suppressors so they are ng idly supported and accessible.
Fuses
Equip all fusible devices with fuses. Replace all blown fuses up to final acceptance of
the Project. At the completion of the Project, turn over to the Owner spare fuses for
each type and size installed; six each for ratings 60 amps and below, and three each
for ratings above 60 amps.
07/25/08 G003-107\XD16050
r.
i
I
i
r---.'
Part 1
r- 1.01
I
i
A.
B.
C.
D.
1.02
Part 2
2.01
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
2.02
A.
B.
Section 16111
Conduit
General
Scope
Rigid metal conduit and fittings.
Intermediate metal conduit and fittings.
Liquidtight flexible metal conduit and fittings.
Non-metallic conduit and fittings.
Submittals
Do not submit equipment specified in this Section.
Products
Acceptable Manufacturers
Conduit: Allied, Republic, Triangle or Wheatland.
PVC Coated Conduit and Fittings: Ocal, Permacote or Robroy.
PVC Conduit: Amoco, Carlon or Certainteed.
Flexible Conduit: Anaconda, Thomas & Betts, Electric Flex or Triangle.
Fittings: Appleton, Crouse-Hinds, Oz or Thomas & Betts.
Substitutions: Products equal to those listed.
Rigid Metal Conduit and Fittings
Rigid Steel Conduit: UL 6; ANSI C80.1; hot dip galvanized; minimum size 3/4-inch.
PVC Coated Conduit: NEMA RN-1 or UL-6 rigid steel conduit with factory applied
external 40 mil PVC coating and urethane interior coating. Prior to coating, treat
conduit with a heat polymerizing adhesive so the bond between metal and coating is
greater than the tensile strength of the coating. Minimum size 3/4-inch.
C. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB-1; zinc coated; taper-threaded type, material to
match conduit. Where PVC coated conduits are indicated all couplings, fittings, conduit
bodies, pipe straps, U bolts, beam clamps, flex connections 'and other accessories shall
have factory applied PVC coating. Use PVC coated hubs for connection of coated
conduits - locknuts are not acceptable.
07/25/08 G003-107\XD16111
16111 - 3
Conduit
Where PVC conduit is indicated, make a transition to rigid steel below grade or slab
and continue above with rigid steel conduit. Exception: PVC may enter switchboards,
motor control centers or other floor standing electrical equipment enclosures. Provide
bell ends or socket end bell at enclosure entry.
Conduit Arrangement and Support
Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present a neat appearance. Run exposed
conduits parallel or perpendicular to building surfaces and adjacent piping. Group
conduit in parallel runs where practical and provide rack space for 25 percent additional
conduits. Use concentric bends for parallel runs.
Avoid sources of heat when possible. Where unavoidable, maintain 3-inch clearance
when crossing hot pipes and 12-inch clearance between parallel hot pipes, flues,
heating appliances and other heat sources.
C. Support conduits to prevent distortion of alignment by wire pulling operations. Fasten
single conduits with one hole malleable iron straps. For multiple runs use channel and
clamps. Wire, perforated pipe straps and the like are not acceptable support means.
D. Support conduit at a maximum of seven feet on center and within three feet of each
box, cabinet, or fitting. Hang trapeze assemblies with threaded rods not less than
3/8-inch diameter. Remove all temporary supports prior to pulling conductors.
r
3.03
Conduit Installation
A. Cut conduit square using a saw or pipecutter and de-burr cut ends. Paint threads with
zinc compound. Bring conduit to the shoulder of fittings and couplings and fasten
securely. All connections are to be wrench tightened and electrically continuous. No
running threads are permitted.
B. Use conduit hubs for fastening conduit to cast boxes, and for fastening conduit to sheet
metal boxes in damp or wet locations. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in
direction. For sizes 2-inches and larger, use "LBD" or similar fittings to permit a straight
pull from either direction.
C. The maximum length between pull points is 400 feet. This length shall be reduced by
one foot for each degree of bend.
D. Use hydraulic one-shot conduit bender or factory elbows for bends in conduit larger
than 2-inch size. Crushed or deformed conduits may not be installed.
E. Avoid moisture traps where possible; where unavoidable, provide junction box with
drain fitting at conduit low point.
F. Use suitable conduit caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and
moisture. Install threaded PVC end caps on conduits stubbed up for future use.
07/25/08 G003-107\X016111
16111 - 5
Conduit
3.04 Underground Duct Bank Installation
A. Install top of duct bank minimum 18-inches below finished grade with plastic warning
tape 12-inches below finished grade.
B. Install conduit with minimum grade of 4-inches per 100 feet.
C. Terminate conduit in end bell at manhole entries.
D. Stagger conduit joints in concrete encasement 6-inches minimum.
E. Provide minimum 3-inch concrete cover at bottom, top, and sides of duct bank. Use
suitable separators and chairs installed not greater than four feet on centers to provide
conduit spacing as indicated. Securely anchor conduit to prevent movement during
concrete placement.
F. Construct duct banks with 3,000 psi concrete. Provide two NO.4 steel reinforcing bars
in top of bank under paved areas as indicated.
G. Where duct bank passes beneath footings or slabs resting on grade excavate to
provide a minimum of 6-inch clearance between the conduits and the structure. Backfill
to the base of the structure with concrete.
END OF SECTION
07/25/08 G003-107\XD16111
Section 161 ~1
Wire and Cable
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
A. Building wire.
B. Cable.
C. Wiring connections and terminations.
1.02 Submittals
Submit product data.
Part 2 Products
2.01 Acceptable Manufacturers
A. Low Voltage Conductors: Equal to Aetna, American, Cablec, Continental, Okonite,
Pirelli, Southwire or Triangle.
B. Signal CircuitConductors: Equal to Belden, Continental, Dekoron or Penn.
C. Low Voltage Connectors: Equal to Burndy, Thomas & Betts, Ideal or OZ.
D. Pulling Compounds: Water soluble, equal to Polywater J.
E. Wire and Cable Markers: Plastic, split sleeve or tubing type, equal to Brady TypeXc or
T & B Type SM.
2.02 Building Wire
A. Thermoplastic Insulated Building Wire: NEMA WC-5.
B. Feeder and Branch Circuits: Single conductor; 98 percent conductivity copper; 75/90
degrees C; 600 volt PVC insulated with nylon jacket; Type THWNrrHHN. Minimum
size #12 AWG.
. C. Control Circuits: Same as specified above for feeder and branch circuits, except
minimum size #14 AWG.
2.03 Remote Control and Signal Cable
A. Control Cable for Class 1 Remote Control and Signal Circuits: Copper conductor; 600
volt insulation, rated 60 degrees C; individual conductors twisted together, shielded,
and covered with a PVC jacket; UL listed.
07/25/08 G003-107\XD16120
16455 - 2
Grounding
Part 3 Execution
3.01 Installation
A. Except as noted, use insulated ground conductors only where installed in a raceway.
Use bare conductors for the ground grid, ground rod connections, and bonding of
buildings, structures etc. Where a bare conductor is installed in a raceway use only
non-metallic raceways; do not install bare conductors in metallic raceways.
B. Drive ground rods so the top is 3 to 6-inches below finished grade. If rock is
encountered then rods may be driven at an angle or grounding plates, as approved by
the Engineer, may be used.
C. Construct ground clusters as follows: Start with three driven ground rods and measure
the resistance to ground of each rod. If the parallel combination exceeds 10 ohms then
add sections and drive the rods deeper, or drive additional rods until the specified value
is obtained. ,Connect each rod to every other rod in the cluster. Exception: not more
than three additional rods or sections (six total) are required for anyone cluster.
D. Where bare conductors emerge from concrete encasement, provide a 4,.inch length of
Schedule 40 PVC conduit set in the concrete to protect the conductor.
3.02 Service Entrance Equipment
A. Provide one ground cluster outside the building at the closest practical location to the
service entrance equipment and bond to ground bus with a No. 4/0 conductor.
B. If a metallic cold water pipe is available for a grounding electrode make connection on
the street side and bond around the water meter.
, .
C. Prior to energizing the system remove the neutral link and meggar the system neutraL
Repair any grounds then replace the neutral link.
3.03 Buildings
A. Bond all steel building columns to the ground grid.
B. Provide outside access to the ground grid every 100 feet (two locations minimum) by
means of a 48-inch coiled pigtail buried approximately 18-inches below grade. Note
locations on the as-built drawings.
3.04 Separately Derived Systems
A. Ground transformer enclosures and, where solidly grounded systems are indicated, the
secondary neutral to one of the following:
1. The ground grid where transformer is located on the bottom floor.
2. The building steel.
07/25/08 G003-107\X016455
.'.,
!
l
r'.~'"
Part 1
1.01
A.
B.
c.
1.02
A.
r~- ,
B.
Section 16455
Grounding
General
Scope
Power system grounding.
Communication system grounding.
Electrical equipment and raceway grounding and bonding.
System Description
The system consists of ground clusters for supplemental electrodes; and connections
thereto of structures, equipment-and electrical systems. .
This Section is intended to supplement the requirements of the NEC, particularly Article
250, and to differentiate among options allowed by the NEC. This Section is not
intended to reiterate explicit requirements of the NEC.
C. Within this Section the following definitions apply:
1. Ground Cluster: An assembly of three or more driven ground rods; spaced not
closer than eight feet apart; each rod connected to the others in a closed delta
configuration; and providing a resista"nce to ground of not more than 10 ohms.
2. Connect or Bond: For underground or otherwise inaccessible locations - a
permanent connection made by exothermic welding, brazing, or similar process.
For exposed and accessible locations - a connection made with clamps, bolts or
similar fittings approved for the purpose.
1.03 Submittals
Submit product data.
Part 2 Products
2.01 Materials
A. Bare Conductors: ASTM B-8; stranded; hard drawn copper. Size unless otherwise
noted is #4/0 AWG.
B. Ground Rods: UL 425H; 5/8-inch x 8 feet; high strength steel core with metallically
bonded copper jacket.
07/25/08 G003-107\XD16455
16455 - 3
Grounding
3. Other electrode as permitted by NEC if none of the above are available.
3.05 Underground Distribution Systems
A. Route a bare. conductor through each duct bank. Connect to building ground grid,
equipment frame or ground pad as applicable.
B. Provide a driven ground rod at each electrical manhole. Connect to duct bank ground
conductor accessible in the manhole.
C. Provide two ground clusters at opposite comers of pad transformers. Connect to
transformer secondary compartment grounding lug. Bond primary and secondary
ground lugs and duct bank grounding conductor.
3.06 Field Quality Control
A. Inspect grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and
proper installation.
B. Notify the Owner's representative at least one week in advance that the ground grid is
ready for inspection. Obtain written notice to proceed before filling trenches, pouring
slabs, or otherwise covering the work.
C. Compile and submit a list of ground resistance measurements for each ground rod in
ground clusters. Measure and submit resistance to ground of service equipment
ground bus.
D. Make resistance to ground measurements in normal, dry weather conditions not less
than 24 hours after rainfall. Make measurements using the fall of potential method per
IEEE Standard No. 142.
END OF SECTION
07/25/08 G003-107\XD16455
Section 16470
Panelboards
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
Panel boards.
1.02 Submittals
Submit shop drawings.
Part 2 Products
2.01 Acceptable Manufacturers
Equipment shall be manufactured by General Electric, Siemens, Square D, or Cutler-
Hammer.
2.02 Panelboards
A. Panelboards: NEMA PB-1; UL 67.
B. Rating: Voltage and ampere ratings are shown on the Drawings. Unless otherwise
indicated interrupting ratings (RMS symmetrical) are 14,000 amps for 480 volt
panelboards and 10,000 amps for 240 and 208 volt panelboards.
C. Boxes: Code gauge galvanized steel; sized to accommodate devices indicated and
afford wire bending space in accordance with NEC requirements.
D. Fronts: Weather.,.proof construction "NEMA 3R" stainless steel. Fumish flush lock for
fronts less than 48-inches high and vault type handle with three point catch for fronts
48-inches and higher. Key all locks alike.
E. Bus: Copper, arranged for bolt-on circuit breakers. Furnish insulated neutral bus and
ground bus with main lug bonded to the box.
F. Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB-1; molded case type, thermal-magnetic trip with internal
common trip on multipole breakers. Provide breaker fully rated for interrupting ratings
noted; series ratings are not acceptable.
G. Provide engraved nameplates giving the voltage rating and panel designation as
indicated. Provide a UL service entrance label for panelboards used as service
entrance equipment.
H. Surge Protection: Where indicated provide transient voltage surge suppressor, UL
listed in accordance with UL 1449 (2nd Edition); suitable for medium exposure level
ANSI/IEEE C62.41 Cat. C3 environments; total surge current shall not be less than 80
kA per phase or 40 kA per mode in accordance with NEMA LS-1. Provide surge
suppressor with standard overcurrent protection (no fuses), integral disconnect and
07/25/08 G003-107\XD16470
Section 16480
Electrical
Part 1 General
1.01 Description
A. The work covered by this Section of these Specifications includes but is not
necessarily limited to the following items of work:
1. Electrical service, distribution equipment and control equipment for pump
station.
2. Coordination with utility for power and metering.
1.02 Scope of Work
A. This section of the specifications coversthe complete electrical systems as indicated
on the drawings or as specified herein. Provide all materials, labor, equipment, and
supervision to install electrical systems. The work shall consist of, but shall not be
limited to, the installation of the following:
1
f
I
,..1
1. Install new service, electrical distribution, and control equipment for a new
pump station.
j
J
2. Coordination with utilities for power and telephone service indicated.
1.03 Codes and Permits
i
,j
A. All work shall be done in accordance with the 2005 Edition of the National Electrical
Code, applicable local ordinances and regulations of local utility company. All
permits and inspections certificates shall be paid for by the Contractor.
1.04
Drawings
A.
The drawings indicate the general arrangement of equipment. Install electrical work
to suit field conditions.
B.
Do not scale drawings. Dimensions required for layout of equipment hall be obtained
from dimensioned plans unless specifically indicated on electrical plans.
1
1
,~)
09/25/08 G013-107\16000
16480 - 3
Electrical
1.08 Site Investigation
A. Prior to submitting bids of the project, visit the site of the work to become aware of
existing conditions which may affect the cost of the project. Where work under this
project requires extension, relocation, reconnections, or modifications to existing
equipment or systems, the existing equipment or systems shall be restored to their
original condition, with the exception of the work under this contract, before the
completion of this project.
1.09 Materials
A. Materials specified by manufacturer's name shall be used unless substitution is
allowed by a similar clause.
8. All materials shall be new and in accordance with applicable standards, i.e.,
Underwriters' Laboratories National Electrical Manufacturer Association (N.E.M.A.),
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (I.E.E.E.), United States of American
Standards Institute (U.S.A.S.I.), U.L approved equipment shall bear U.L. label.
Similar material shall be the product of one manufacturer.
C. Materials of the same type shall be the product of one manufacturer.
1.10 Shop Drawings
A. The Contractor shall submit for review by the Engineer a complete schedule and data
of materials and equipment to be incorporated in the work. Submittals shall be
supported by descriptive material, such as catalogs, cuts, diagrams, performance
curves, and charts published by the manufacturer, to show conformance to
specification and drawing requirements; model numbers alone will not be
acceptable. Complete electrical characteristics shall be provided for all equipment.
B. Submittals shall be made for each of the following items:
Material List
Circuit Breakers
Wiring Devices
Surge Protection
Manual Transfer Switch& Enclosure
Generator Receptacle
Lighting Fixture
Pump Control Panel
C. Each individual submittal item for materials and equipment shall be marked to show
specification section and paragraph number which pertains to the item.
09/25/08 G013-107\16000
16480 - 5
Electrical
g. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
h. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
3. Material of the same type shall be the product of one manufacturer.
4. U.L. listed material shall bear a U.L. label.
2.02 B~anch Circuit Breakers - Duplex Pump Controller
A. Provide circuit breakers as an integral part of the Duplex pump controller.
B. Branch circuit breakers shall be bolt-on, quick-make, quick-break, NEMA Rated
thermal magnetic type. Three pole breakers shall be common internal trip. Tie
handles are not acceptable. Breakers shall be ambient compensated type at 50
degrees C.
C. Each circuit shall be identified.
D. Provide an equipment grounding bar for termination of equipment ground
conductors.
E. Minimum interrupting rating shall be as shown on the drawings.
]
._.J
2.03 Generator Receptacles
A. Provide a power receptacle at pump station to receive power from a portable power
plant.
B. Receptacle shall match customers portable generator plug.
C. Refer to pump station one line schedule for minimum rating required.
D. Provide Crouse Hinds AREA assembly, including backbox, angle adaptor, receptacle
configured for reverse service, and spring door.
2.04 Manual Transfer Switch
A. Provide a manual non-fusible double throw safety switch to transfer from the normal
to a standby portable power source, in a NEMA 4X stainless steel enclosure.
B. Provide a factory installed neutral (SIN) and an equipment ground bar.
09/25/08 G013-107\16000
16480 - 7
Electrical
2.09 Outlets
A. Outlet or junction boxes shall be FS Boxes with matching device plate. Provide
weatherproof plates for duplex receptacles and junction boxes installed outdoors.
2.10 Circuit Breakers
A. Circuit breakers shall be of the ampacity, class, and NEMA Rated as shown on the
drawings, terminals shall be suited for 60 degrees C or 75 degrees C conductors. All
separately mounted breakers shall be in NEMA 4X stainless steel enclosures.
Breakers used for service disconnects shall be labeled as such. Factory installed
ground terminals and neutrals (SIN) shall be provided in all enclosures. Breakers
shall be Cutler Hammer, Square D, Siemens, or GE.
2.11 Full VOltage / Non-Reversing (FVNR) Magnetic Starters
A. Magnetic starters shall be across-the-line non-combination type.
B. Magnetic starters shall be NEMA size one unless other size is shown on the drawings
or unless larger size is required by actual motor controlled. Enclosures shall be NEMA
one unless otherwise shown on the drawings or specified in this section of the
specifications. Starters shall be for operation on a three-phase 460-volt system.
C. Each magnetic starter shall have three overload relays. Control voltage shall be 120
volts provided from a separate source. Provide fuse for control coil. Provide hand-off-
automatic switch. Interlocks shall be provided to provide control sequence indicated
on the drawings and in Section 11064 of these specifications.
D. Overload heater elements shall be melting allowy or bi:-metallic type and shall be
selected from actual nameplate rating of motor furnished.
2.12 Lighting Fixtures
A. All lighting fixtures shall be mounted on service poles, as high as possible, facing the
new electrical equipment.
B. Fixtures shall be provided with 250 watt high pressure sodium clear lamps, high
power factor ballast, integral photocell, 22"-24" aluminum mast arm and attachment
bracket. Fixture shall be GE M2RR-25S1A2GMS3 I PEC1TLI RBATWN6X2. All
fixtures shall be rated for 120 volt service.
09/25/08 G013-107\16000
"j
I
I
'j
I
J
1
I
J
"1
16480 - 9
Electrical
Alternate the sequence of starting (and stopping) between two pumps
to equalize run time and record run time.
Progressively start the second pump if water level continues to rise
above a predetermined level (Engineer to provide field elevation data).
Provide an alarm light and signal connection for abnormal conditions:
High water level and phase failure/under voltage (Engineer to provide
elevations), pump overload trip or other pump abnormal shutdown.
Display of operating conditions.
Provide controls so all pumps do not operate 1 minute after transfer to
emergency or to normal power. Set controls so only one pump can
start at one time.
2.
Components:
a. Enclosure: The controls shall be mounted ina NEMAAX stainless,
steel. All control devices shall be mounted in inner door. Motor circuit
breakers and magnetic starters shall be NEMA rated).
b. Two pump alternator
c. Elapsed time meters: Per pump required - door mounted.
d. Hand-off-auto switch per pump - door mounted.
e. High level pilot lamp - door mounted.
f. Phase failure/under voltage pilot lamp - door mounted.
g. AMP meter-B phase-door mounted.
h. Starters for each pump provided.
i. Motor circuit breaker for each pump provided.
j. Protective relays and auxiliary relays. Relays shall be 8 or 11 pin
round.
k. Terminals blocks for all connections.
I. Vaportight and waterproof alarm light with wire guard mounted as
shown on drawings.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 Conduit Systems
i
I
,j
A. Exposed conduits shall be installed parallel or at right angles to structures.
B. Support exposed conduits at 5 foot intervals. Individual runs of conduits shall be
supported by one hole conduit straps; groups of conduits shall be supported on
stainless steel Unistrut Channel with Uniclip Stainless Steel Conduit Supports.
! 1
~~;)
)
,_J
, I
lJ
09/25/08 G013-107\16000
16480 - 11
Electrical
3.03 Equipment Connections
A. All equipment requiring electrical connections shall be connected under this section
of these specifications. Where electrical connections to equipment requires specific
locations, such location shall be obtained from shop drawings. Do not scale
drawings for location of conduit stub-ups to serve specific equipment.
B. Electrical circuits to equipment furnished under other sections of these specifications
are based on design loads. If actual equipment furnished has loads other than
design loads, electrical circuits and protective devices shall be revised to be
compatible with equipment furnished and in compliance with the National Electrical
Code at no additional cost to the Owner.
. C. Equipment furnished under other sections of these specifications to be connected
under this section of the specifications shall consist of, but not be limited to, the
following:
1. Pumping Station Equipment
D. The Contractors attention is directed to other sections of these specifications, where
equipment requiring electrical service is specified, to become aware ofthe scope of
work under this section of these specifications requiring electrical service and
connections to equipment specified elsewhere.
3.04 Grounding
A. The neutral conductor shall be grounded to a ground rod system. The system
grounding conductors shall be No.8 Bare Copper.
B. All non-current carrying parts of electrical equipment shall be grounded. The
continuity of the ground shall be maintained using a green insulated grounding
conductor installed in all raceways.
C. Ground rods shall be installed with the top of the rod 12 inches below finished grade.
Connections to ground rods shall be made with chemical weld connections.
D. Upon completion of the ground rod installation the Contractor shall record the ground
reading. This ground reading shall not be taken within 48 hours of rainfall. Results
of ground readings shall be forwarded immediately to the Engineer. Provide up to
three rods so that the resistance to ground is below 25 OHMS.
09/25/08 G013-107\16000